Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dtor/input
Pull input updates from Dmitry Torokhov:
"Some more updates for the input subsystem.
You will get a fix for race in mousedev that has been causing quite a
few oopses lately and a small fixup for force feedback support in
evdev"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dtor/input:
Input: mousedev - fix race when creating mixed device
Input: don't modify the id of ioctl-provided ff effect on upload failure
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 7e9932e..42fa0d5 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -92,3 +92,6 @@
signing_key.priv
signing_key.x509
x509.genkey
+
+# Kconfig presets
+all.config
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 4c7738f..e371c55 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -823,8 +823,8 @@
S: Germany
N: Jean Delvare
-E: khali@linux-fr.org
-W: http://khali.linux-fr.org/
+E: jdelvare@suse.de
+W: http://jdelvare.nerim.net/
D: Several hardware monitoring drivers
S: France
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index 38f8444..07de7e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
- How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices.
DMA-attributes.txt
- listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have
+dmatest.txt
+ - how to compile, configure and use the dmatest system.
DocBook/
- directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation.
EDID/
@@ -77,6 +79,8 @@
- directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture.
arm64/
- directory with info about Linux on the 64 bit ARM architecture.
+assoc_array.txt
+ - generic associative array intro.
atomic_ops.txt
- semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations.
auxdisplay/
@@ -87,6 +91,8 @@
- how to use kernel parameters to exclude bad RAM regions.
basic_profiling.txt
- basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel.
+bcache.txt
+ - Block-layer cache on fast SSDs to improve slow (raid) I/O performance.
binfmt_misc.txt
- info on the kernel support for extra binary formats.
blackfin/
@@ -171,6 +177,8 @@
- info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot.
edac.txt
- information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction
+efi-stub.txt
+ - How to use the EFI boot stub to bypass GRUB or elilo on EFI systems.
eisa.txt
- info on EISA bus support.
email-clients.txt
@@ -195,8 +203,8 @@
- info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex
gcov.txt
- use of GCC's coverage testing tool "gcov" with the Linux kernel
-gpio.txt
- - overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions.
+gpio/
+ - gpio related documentation
hid/
- directory with information on human interface devices
highuid.txt
@@ -255,6 +263,8 @@
- listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals.
kernel-parameters.txt
- summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel.
+kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt
+ - List of all per-CPU kthreads and how they introduce jitter.
kmemcheck.txt
- info on dynamic checker that detects uses of uninitialized memory.
kmemleak.txt
@@ -299,8 +309,6 @@
- directory with info on parts like the Texas Instruments EMIF driver
memory-hotplug.txt
- Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status.
-memory.txt
- - info on typical Linux memory problems.
metag/
- directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture.
mips/
@@ -311,6 +319,8 @@
- directory with info about the MMC subsystem
mn10300/
- directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port
+module-signing.txt
+ - Kernel module signing for increased security when loading modules.
mtd/
- directory with info about memory technology devices (flash)
mono.txt
@@ -343,6 +353,8 @@
- info on the Linux PCMCIA driver.
percpu-rw-semaphore.txt
- RCU based read-write semaphore optimized for locking for reading
+phy.txt
+ - Description of the generic PHY framework.
pi-futex.txt
- documentation on lightweight priority inheritance futexes.
pinctrl.txt
@@ -431,6 +443,8 @@
- info on the magic SysRq key.
target/
- directory with info on generating TCM v4 fabric .ko modules
+this_cpu_ops.txt
+ - List rationale behind and the way to use this_cpu operations.
thermal/
- directory with information on managing thermal issues (CPU/temp)
trace/
@@ -469,6 +483,8 @@
- directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections
workqueue.txt
- information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation
+ww-mutex-design.txt
+ - Intro to Mutex wait/would deadlock handling.s
x86/x86_64/
- directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines.
xtensa/
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
index 01e769d..37559a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created
USB gadgets.
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes of a gadget:
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
This group contains a USB gadget's configurations
@@ -58,20 +58,20 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
This group contains functions available to this USB gadget.
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
This group contains subdirectories for language-specific
strings for this gadget.
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
index 5708a56..d21092d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
index 6b9a582..0addf77 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
index dbddf36..a4c5715 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e39b276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it.
+
+ A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed.
+ There are no attributes here.
+
+ All parameters are set through FunctionFS.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aae5bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ qlen - depth of loopback queue
+ bulk_buflen - buffer length
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
index ad72a37..9931fb0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name
Date: Oct 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.13
+KernelVersion: 3.13
Description:
The attributes:
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name
Date: Oct 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.13
+KernelVersion: 3.13
Description:
The attributes:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
index bc309f423..6fe723e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
index aaa5c96..a6a9327 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
index 3e3b742..7037a35 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
index 822e6da..e32879b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
index 16f130c..474d249 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29477c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
+ isoc_interval - 1..16
+ isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
+ isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only)
+ isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
+ qlen - buffer length
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
index 154ae59..9373e2c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name
Date: Jun 2013
-KenelVersion: 3.11
+KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c2f256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/ddcb_info
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: DDCB queue dump used for debugging queueing problems.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_regs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump of the current error registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid0
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID0 (unit id 0).
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid1
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID1.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid2
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID2.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_regs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of
+ the card occured.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid0
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID0 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid1
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID1 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid2
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID2 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/info
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Comprehensive summary of bitstream version and software
+ version. Used bitstream and bitstream clocking information.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/err_inject
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Possibility to inject error cases to ensure that the drivers
+ error handling code works well.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/vf<0..14>_jobtimeout_msec
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Default VF timeout 250ms. Testing might require 1000ms.
+ Using 0 will use the cards default value (whatever that is).
+
+ The timeout depends on the max number of available cards
+ in the system and the maximum allowed queue size.
+
+ The driver ensures that the settings are done just before
+ the VFs get enabled. Changing the timeouts in flight is not
+ possible.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/jobtimer
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump job timeout register values for PF and VFs.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time
+Date: Dec 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump queue working time register values for PF and VFs.
+ Only available for PF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index b20e829d..6e02c50 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -197,6 +197,19 @@
Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after
application of scale and offset are kilopascal.
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw humidity measurement of air. Units after application of
+ scale and offset are milli percent.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_input
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent.
+
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 5210a51..a3c5a66 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -70,18 +70,15 @@
Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Description:
The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set
- of sub-directories, with each sub-directory being named after a
- corresponding msi irq vector allocated to that device. Each
- numbered sub-directory N contains attributes of that irq.
- Note that this directory is not created for device drivers which
- do not support msi irqs
+ of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi
+ irq vector allocated to that device.
-What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N>/mode
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N>
Date: September 2011
Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Description:
This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by
- the parent directory is in (msi vs. msix)
+ the file is in (msi vs. msix)
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove
Date: January 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
index 0a30647..501adc2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -18,6 +18,28 @@
$ echo <dev-id> > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major
+Date: December 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
+Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
+ parameter set to true.
+ Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present,
+ should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
+ /sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is
+ available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major
+Date: December 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
+Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
+ parameter set to true.
+ Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present,
+ should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
+ /sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is
+ available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
+
Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/
--------------------------------------------
@@ -33,6 +55,10 @@
The block device major number.
+minor
+
+ The block device minor number. (December 2013, since 3.14.)
+
name
The name of the rbd image.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index 1430f584b..614d451 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -50,13 +50,19 @@
This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
was included in the driver's static device ID support
table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
- idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass.
+ idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct
The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the
- interface class is optional.
+ rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the
+ driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as
+ it is used for the reference device.
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from
+ an already supported device (0458:704c):
+ # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+
Reading from this file will list all dynamically added
device IDs in the same format, with one entry per
line. For example:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
index 0baa657..4793d3d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
@@ -68,6 +68,14 @@
Defines the penalty which will be applied to an
originator message's tq-field on every hop.
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/isolation_mark
+Date: Nov 2013
+Contact: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
+Description:
+ Defines the isolation mark (and its bitmask) which
+ is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the
+ Extended Isolation feature.
+
What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding
Date: Nov 2012
Contact: Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 468e4d48..d5a0d33 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -200,3 +200,27 @@
note of cpu#.
crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/min_perf_pct
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/no_turbo
+Date: February 2013
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver
+
+ Logic for selecting the current P-state in Intel
+ Sandybridge+ processors. The three knobs control
+ limits for the P-state that will be requested by the
+ driver.
+
+ max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by
+ the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+
+ min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by
+ the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+
+ no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo
+ frequency range.
+
+ More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1870737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/version
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Unique bitstream identification e.g.
+ '0000000330336283.00000000475a4950'.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/appid
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Identifies the currently active card application e.g. 'GZIP'
+ for compression/decompression.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/type
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Type of the card e.g. 'GenWQE5-A7'.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_bitstream
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Currently active bitstream. 1 is default, 0 is backup.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/next_bitstream
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to set the next bitstream to be used.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/tempsens
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read the cards temperature sense register.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/freerunning_timer
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read the cards free running timer.
+ Used for performance and utilization measurements.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read queue working time.
+ Used for performance and utilization measurements.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/state
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: State of the card: "unused", "used", "error".
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/base_clock
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Base clock frequency of the card.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Enable VFs (1..15):
+ sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs'
+ Disable VFs:
+ Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05874da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/fw_vendor
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of firmware vendor field in the
+ EFI system table.
+Users: Kexec
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of runtime service table entry in
+ the EFI system table.
+Users: Kexec
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/config_table
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI
+ system table.
+Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c61b9b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires
+ that all efi memory ranges which have the runtime attribute
+ bit set to be mapped to virtual addresses.
+
+ The efi runtime services can only be switched to virtual
+ mode once without rebooting. The kexec kernel must maintain
+ the same physical to virtual address mappings as the first
+ kernel. The mappings are exported to sysfs so userspace tools
+ can reassemble them and pass them into the kexec kernel.
+
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel
+ exports that information in.
+
+ subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range:
+
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/2
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/3
+ ...
+
+ Each subdirectory contains five files:
+
+ attribute : The attributes of the memory range.
+ num_pages : The size of the memory range in pages.
+ phys_addr : The physical address of the memory range.
+ type : The type of the memory range.
+ virt_addr : The virtual address of the memory range.
+
+ Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix.
+Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
index 31942ef..32b0809 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -24,3 +24,34 @@
Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
Description:
Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the issue rate of segment discard commands.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ipu_policy
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the in-place-update policy.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the FS utilization condition for the in-place-update
+ policies.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_small_discards
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the issue rate of small discard commands.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search
+Date: January 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eca38ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/boot_params
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two
+ files: "data" and "version" and one subdirectory "setup_data".
+ It is used to export the kernel boot parameters of an x86
+ platform to userspace for kexec and debugging purpose.
+
+ If there's no setup_data in boot_params the subdirectory will
+ not be created.
+
+ "data" file is the binary representation of struct boot_params.
+
+ "version" file is the string representation of boot
+ protocol version.
+
+ "setup_data" subdirectory contains the setup_data data
+ structure in boot_params. setup_data is maintained in kernel
+ as a link list. In "setup_data" subdirectory there's one
+ subdirectory for each link list node named with the number
+ of the list nodes. The list node subdirectory contains two
+ files "type" and "data". "type" file is the string
+ representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary
+ representation of setup_data payload.
+
+ The whole boot_params directory structure is like below:
+ /sys/kernel/boot_params
+ |__ data
+ |__ setup_data
+ | |__ 0
+ | | |__ data
+ | | |__ type
+ | |__ 1
+ | |__ data
+ | |__ type
+ |__ version
+
+Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd81168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/vmcoreinfo
+Date: October 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.24
+Contact: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp>
+ Kexec Mailing List <kexec@lists.infradead.org>
+ Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
+Description
+ Shows physical address and size of vmcoreinfo ELF note.
+ First value contains physical address of note in hex and
+ second value contains the size of note in hex. This ELF
+ note info is parsed by second kernel and exported to user
+ space as part of ELF note in /proc/vmcore file. This note
+ contains various information like struct size, symbol
+ values, page size etc.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6e20ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/otg_mode
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
+Description:
+ Set or read the current OTG mode. Valid values are "host" and
+ "peripheral".
+
+ Reading: returns the current mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/vbus
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
+Description:
+ Read the current VBUS state.
+
+ Reading: returns "on" or "off".
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore
index 720f245..7ebd546 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore
@@ -10,5 +10,6 @@
*.out
*.png
*.gif
+*.svg
media-indices.tmpl
media-entities.tmpl
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
index bc3d9f8c..0f9c6ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@
MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS))
mandocs: $(MAN)
+ $(if $(wildcard $(obj)/man/*.9),gzip -f $(obj)/man/*.9)
installmandocs: mandocs
mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/
@@ -145,7 +146,7 @@
cat $(HTML) >> $(main_idx)
quiet_cmd_db2html = HTML $@
- cmd_db2html = xmlto xhtml $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(patsubst %.html,%,$@) $< && \
+ cmd_db2html = xmlto html $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(patsubst %.html,%,$@) $< && \
echo '<a HREF="$(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))/index.html"> \
$(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))</a><p>' > $@
@@ -159,7 +160,7 @@
cp $(PNG-$(basename $(notdir $@))) $(patsubst %.html,%,$@); fi
quiet_cmd_db2man = MAN $@
- cmd_db2man = if grep -q refentry $<; then xmlto man $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(obj)/man $< ; gzip -f $(obj)/man/*.9; fi
+ cmd_db2man = if grep -q refentry $<; then xmlto man $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(obj)/man $< ; fi
%.9 : %.xml
@(which xmlto > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
(echo "*** You need to install xmlto ***"; \
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
index f75ab4c..ecfd0ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
@@ -109,6 +109,7 @@
<sect1><title>The Slab Cache</title>
!Iinclude/linux/slab.h
!Emm/slab.c
+!Emm/util.c
</sect1>
<sect1><title>User Space Memory Access</title>
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
index 0c7195e..c4cac6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -2523,6 +2523,18 @@
</orderedlist>
</section>
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.14</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para> In struct <structname>v4l2_rect</structname>, the type
+of <structfield>width</structfield> and <structfield>height</structfield>
+fields changed from _s32 to _u32.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
<section id="other">
<title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
index 7a3b49b..a5a3188 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -3161,6 +3161,47 @@
</entrytbl>
</row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MIN_QP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Minimum quantization parameter for VP8.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MAX_QP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Maximum quantization parameter for VP8.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_I_FRAME_QP</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Quantization parameter for an I frame for VP8.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_P_FRAME_QP</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Quantization parameter for a P frame for VP8.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_PROFILE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Select the desired profile for VPx encoder.
+Acceptable values are 0, 1, 2 and 3 corresponding to encoder profiles 0, 1, 2 and 3.</entry>
+ </row>
+
<row><entry></entry></row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml
index 40d1d76..cc6e0c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml
@@ -346,17 +346,14 @@
rectangle, in pixels. Offsets increase to the right and down.</entry>
</row>
<row>
- <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
<entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
<entry>Width of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
</row>
<row>
- <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
<entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
- <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels. Width and
-height cannot be negative, the fields are signed for hysterical
-reasons. <!-- video4linux-list@redhat.com on 22 Oct 2002 subject
-"Re:[V4L][patches!] Re:v4l2/kernel-2.5" --></entry>
+ <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml
index 355df43..cf85485 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml
@@ -134,6 +134,15 @@
<entry>Output pad, relative to the entity. Output pads source data
and are origins of links.</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_PAD_FL_MUST_CONNECT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>If this flag is set and the pad is linked to any other
+ pad, then at least one of those links must be enabled for the
+ entity to be able to stream. There could be temporary reasons
+ (e.g. device configuration dependent) for the pad to need
+ enabled links even when this flag isn't set; the absence of the
+ flag doesn't imply there is none.</entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
index f72c1cc..7331ce1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
<constant>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE</constant>.
</para>
- <para>The following tables list existing packet RGB formats.</para>
+ <para>The following tables list existing packed RGB formats.</para>
<table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-rgb">
<title>RGB formats</title>
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The following table lists existing packet Bayer formats. The data
+ <para>The following table lists existing packed Bayer formats. The data
organization is given as an example for the first pixel only.</para>
<table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-bayer">
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
U, Y, V, Y order will be named <constant>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8</constant>.
</para>
- <para><xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-yuv8"/> list existing packet YUV
+ <para><xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-yuv8"/> lists existing packed YUV
formats and describes the organization of each pixel data in each sample.
When a format pattern is split across multiple samples each of the samples
in the pattern is described.</para>
@@ -2492,6 +2492,163 @@
</section>
<section>
+ <title>HSV/HSL Formats</title>
+
+ <para>Those formats transfer pixel data as RGB values in a cylindrical-coordinate
+ system using Hue-Saturation-Value or Hue-Saturation-Lightness components. The
+ format code is made of the following information.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>The hue, saturation, value or lightness and optional alpha
+ components order code, as encoded in a pixel sample. The only currently
+ supported value is AHSV.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The number of bits per component, for each component. The values
+ can be different for all components. The only currently supported value is 8888.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than
+ the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. The only currently
+ supported value is 1.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The bus width.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller
+ than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding
+ value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits
+ (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO).</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger
+ than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first
+ (BE) or LSB first (LE).</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The following table lists existing HSV/HSL formats.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-hsv">
+ <title>HSV/HSL formats</title>
+ <tgroup cols="27">
+ <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="code" align="center"/>
+ <colspec colname="bit" />
+ <colspec colnum="4" colname="b31" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="5" colname="b20" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="6" colname="b29" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="7" colname="b28" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="8" colname="b27" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="9" colname="b26" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="10" colname="b25" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="11" colname="b24" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="12" colname="b23" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="13" colname="b22" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="14" colname="b21" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="15" colname="b20" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="16" colname="b19" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="17" colname="b18" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="18" colname="b17" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="19" colname="b16" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="20" colname="b15" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="21" colname="b14" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="22" colname="b13" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="23" colname="b12" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="24" colname="b11" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="25" colname="b10" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="26" colname="b09" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="27" colname="b08" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="28" colname="b07" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="29" colname="b06" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="30" colname="b05" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="31" colname="b04" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="32" colname="b03" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="33" colname="b02" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="34" colname="b01" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="35" colname="b00" align="center" />
+ <spanspec namest="b31" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Identifier</entry>
+ <entry>Code</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry spanname="b0">Data organization</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Bit</entry>
+ <entry>31</entry>
+ <entry>30</entry>
+ <entry>29</entry>
+ <entry>28</entry>
+ <entry>27</entry>
+ <entry>26</entry>
+ <entry>25</entry>
+ <entry>24</entry>
+ <entry>23</entry>
+ <entry>22</entry>
+ <entry>21</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ <entry>19</entry>
+ <entry>18</entry>
+ <entry>17</entry>
+ <entry>16</entry>
+ <entry>15</entry>
+ <entry>14</entry>
+ <entry>13</entry>
+ <entry>12</entry>
+ <entry>11</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ <entry>9</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-AHSV8888-1X32">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_AHSV8888_1X32</entry>
+ <entry>0x6001</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>h<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>h<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>h<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>h<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>h<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>h<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>h<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>h<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>s<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>s<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>s<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>s<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>s<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>s<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>s<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>s<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
<title>JPEG Compressed Formats</title>
<para>Those data formats consist of an ordered sequence of 8-bit bytes
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index 8469fe1..74b7f27 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -141,6 +141,14 @@
applications. -->
<revision>
+ <revnumber>3.14</revnumber>
+ <date>2013-11-25</date>
+ <authorinitials>rr</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Set width and height as unsigned on v4l2_rect.
+ </revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
<revnumber>3.11</revnumber>
<date>2013-05-26</date>
<authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
@@ -501,7 +509,7 @@
</partinfo>
<title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
- <subtitle>Revision 3.11</subtitle>
+ <subtitle>Revision 3.14</subtitle>
<chapter id="common">
&sub-common;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
index bf7cc97..1f5ed64 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
@@ -133,18 +133,14 @@
rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
</row>
<row>
- <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
<entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
<entry>Width of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
</row>
<row>
- <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
<entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
- <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels. Width
-and height cannot be negative, the fields are signed for
-hysterical reasons. <!-- video4linux-list@redhat.com
-on 22 Oct 2002 subject "Re:[V4L][patches!] Re:v4l2/kernel-2.5" -->
-</entry>
+ <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
index 716ea15..65dff55 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
queue) until <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> has been called.
Accordingly the output hardware is disabled, no video signal is
produced until <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> has been called.
-The ioctl will succeed only when at least one output buffer is in the
+The ioctl will succeed when at least one output buffer is in the
incoming queue.</para>
<para>The <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> ioctl, apart of
diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO
index 27faae3..57cf5ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/HOWTO
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
Other excellent descriptions of how to create patches properly are:
"The Perfect Patch"
- http://kerneltrap.org/node/3737
+ http://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
"Linux kernel patch submission format"
http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
For more details on what this should all look like, please see the
ChangeLog section of the document:
"The Perfect Patch"
- http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
+ http://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
index 9bc9594..03df71a 100644
--- a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
system and will otherwise use a linear domain mapping. The semantics
of this call are such that if an IRQ range is specified then
descriptors will be allocated on-the-fly for it, and if no range is
-specified it will fall through to irq_domain_add_linear() which meand
+specified it will fall through to irq_domain_add_linear() which means
*no* irq descriptors will be allocated.
A typical use case for simple domains is where an irqchip provider
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX
index 812b17f..147231f 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX
@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@
- this file
MSI-HOWTO.txt
- the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ.
-PCI-DMA-mapping.txt
- - info for PCI drivers using DMA portably across all platforms
PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt
- a guide describing the PCI Express Port Bus driver
pci-error-recovery.txt
- info on PCI error recovery
+pci-iov-howto.txt
+ - the PCI Express I/O Virtualization HOWTO
pci.txt
- info on the PCI subsystem for device driver authors
pcieaer-howto.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
index a091780..10a9369 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
@@ -94,81 +94,136 @@
request_irq(), because an MSI is delivered via a vector that is
different from the vector of a pin-based interrupt.
-4.2.2 pci_enable_msi_block
+4.2.2 pci_enable_msi_range
-int pci_enable_msi_block(struct pci_dev *dev, int count)
+int pci_enable_msi_range(struct pci_dev *dev, int minvec, int maxvec)
-This variation on the above call allows a device driver to request multiple
-MSIs. The MSI specification only allows interrupts to be allocated in
-powers of two, up to a maximum of 2^5 (32).
+This function allows a device driver to request any number of MSI
+interrupts within specified range from 'minvec' to 'maxvec'.
-If this function returns 0, it has succeeded in allocating at least as many
-interrupts as the driver requested (it may have allocated more in order
-to satisfy the power-of-two requirement). In this case, the function
-enables MSI on this device and updates dev->irq to be the lowest of
-the new interrupts assigned to it. The other interrupts assigned to
-the device are in the range dev->irq to dev->irq + count - 1.
-
-If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and
-the driver should not attempt to request any more MSI interrupts for
-this device. If this function returns a positive number, it is
-less than 'count' and indicates the number of interrupts that could have
-been allocated. In neither case is the irq value updated or the device
-switched into MSI mode.
-
-The device driver must decide what action to take if
-pci_enable_msi_block() returns a value less than the number requested.
-For instance, the driver could still make use of fewer interrupts;
-in this case the driver should call pci_enable_msi_block()
-again. Note that it is not guaranteed to succeed, even when the
-'count' has been reduced to the value returned from a previous call to
-pci_enable_msi_block(). This is because there are multiple constraints
-on the number of vectors that can be allocated; pci_enable_msi_block()
-returns as soon as it finds any constraint that doesn't allow the
-call to succeed.
-
-4.2.3 pci_enable_msi_block_auto
-
-int pci_enable_msi_block_auto(struct pci_dev *dev, unsigned int *count)
-
-This variation on pci_enable_msi() call allows a device driver to request
-the maximum possible number of MSIs. The MSI specification only allows
-interrupts to be allocated in powers of two, up to a maximum of 2^5 (32).
-
-If this function returns a positive number, it indicates that it has
-succeeded and the returned value is the number of allocated interrupts. In
-this case, the function enables MSI on this device and updates dev->irq to
-be the lowest of the new interrupts assigned to it. The other interrupts
-assigned to the device are in the range dev->irq to dev->irq + returned
-value - 1.
+If this function returns a positive number it indicates the number of
+MSI interrupts that have been successfully allocated. In this case
+the device is switched from pin-based interrupt mode to MSI mode and
+updates dev->irq to be the lowest of the new interrupts assigned to it.
+The other interrupts assigned to the device are in the range dev->irq
+to dev->irq + returned value - 1. Device driver can use the returned
+number of successfully allocated MSI interrupts to further allocate
+and initialize device resources.
If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and
the driver should not attempt to request any more MSI interrupts for
this device.
-If the device driver needs to know the number of interrupts the device
-supports it can pass the pointer count where that number is stored. The
-device driver must decide what action to take if pci_enable_msi_block_auto()
-succeeds, but returns a value less than the number of interrupts supported.
-If the device driver does not need to know the number of interrupts
-supported, it can set the pointer count to NULL.
+This function should be called before the driver calls request_irq(),
+because MSI interrupts are delivered via vectors that are different
+from the vector of a pin-based interrupt.
+
+It is ideal if drivers can cope with a variable number of MSI interrupts;
+there are many reasons why the platform may not be able to provide the
+exact number that a driver asks for.
+
+There could be devices that can not operate with just any number of MSI
+interrupts within a range. See chapter 4.3.1.3 to get the idea how to
+handle such devices for MSI-X - the same logic applies to MSI.
+
+4.2.1.1 Maximum possible number of MSI interrupts
+
+The typical usage of MSI interrupts is to allocate as many vectors as
+possible, likely up to the limit returned by pci_msi_vec_count() function:
+
+static int foo_driver_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev, int nvec)
+{
+ return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, 1, nvec);
+}
+
+Note the value of 'minvec' parameter is 1. As 'minvec' is inclusive,
+the value of 0 would be meaningless and could result in error.
+
+Some devices have a minimal limit on number of MSI interrupts.
+In this case the function could look like this:
+
+static int foo_driver_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev, int nvec)
+{
+ return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, FOO_DRIVER_MINIMUM_NVEC, nvec);
+}
+
+4.2.1.2 Exact number of MSI interrupts
+
+If a driver is unable or unwilling to deal with a variable number of MSI
+interrupts it could request a particular number of interrupts by passing
+that number to pci_enable_msi_range() function as both 'minvec' and 'maxvec'
+parameters:
+
+static int foo_driver_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev, int nvec)
+{
+ return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, nvec, nvec);
+}
+
+Note, unlike pci_enable_msi_exact() function, which could be also used to
+enable a particular number of MSI-X interrupts, pci_enable_msi_range()
+returns either a negative errno or 'nvec' (not negative errno or 0 - as
+pci_enable_msi_exact() does).
+
+4.2.1.3 Single MSI mode
+
+The most notorious example of the request type described above is
+enabling the single MSI mode for a device. It could be done by passing
+two 1s as 'minvec' and 'maxvec':
+
+static int foo_driver_enable_single_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev)
+{
+ return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, 1, 1);
+}
+
+Note, unlike pci_enable_msi() function, which could be also used to
+enable the single MSI mode, pci_enable_msi_range() returns either a
+negative errno or 1 (not negative errno or 0 - as pci_enable_msi()
+does).
+
+4.2.3 pci_enable_msi_exact
+
+int pci_enable_msi_exact(struct pci_dev *dev, int nvec)
+
+This variation on pci_enable_msi_range() call allows a device driver to
+request exactly 'nvec' MSIs.
+
+If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and
+the driver should not attempt to request any more MSI interrupts for
+this device.
+
+By contrast with pci_enable_msi_range() function, pci_enable_msi_exact()
+returns zero in case of success, which indicates MSI interrupts have been
+successfully allocated.
4.2.4 pci_disable_msi
void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev)
-This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi() or
-pci_enable_msi_block() or pci_enable_msi_block_auto(). Calling it restores
-dev->irq to the pin-based interrupt number and frees the previously
-allocated message signaled interrupt(s). The interrupt may subsequently be
-assigned to another device, so drivers should not cache the value of
-dev->irq.
+This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi_range().
+Calling it restores dev->irq to the pin-based interrupt number and frees
+the previously allocated MSIs. The interrupts may subsequently be assigned
+to another device, so drivers should not cache the value of dev->irq.
Before calling this function, a device driver must always call free_irq()
on any interrupt for which it previously called request_irq().
Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON(), leaving the device with
MSI enabled and thus leaking its vector.
+4.2.4 pci_msi_vec_count
+
+int pci_msi_vec_count(struct pci_dev *dev)
+
+This function could be used to retrieve the number of MSI vectors the
+device requested (via the Multiple Message Capable register). The MSI
+specification only allows the returned value to be a power of two,
+up to a maximum of 2^5 (32).
+
+If this function returns a negative number, it indicates the device is
+not capable of sending MSIs.
+
+If this function returns a positive number, it indicates the maximum
+number of MSI interrupt vectors that could be allocated.
+
4.3 Using MSI-X
The MSI-X capability is much more flexible than the MSI capability.
@@ -188,26 +243,31 @@
should assign interrupts; it is invalid to fill in two entries with the
same number.
-4.3.1 pci_enable_msix
+4.3.1 pci_enable_msix_range
-int pci_enable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec)
+int pci_enable_msix_range(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msix_entry *entries,
+ int minvec, int maxvec)
-Calling this function asks the PCI subsystem to allocate 'nvec' MSIs.
+Calling this function asks the PCI subsystem to allocate any number of
+MSI-X interrupts within specified range from 'minvec' to 'maxvec'.
The 'entries' argument is a pointer to an array of msix_entry structs
-which should be at least 'nvec' entries in size. On success, the
-device is switched into MSI-X mode and the function returns 0.
-The 'vector' member in each entry is populated with the interrupt number;
+which should be at least 'maxvec' entries in size.
+
+On success, the device is switched into MSI-X mode and the function
+returns the number of MSI-X interrupts that have been successfully
+allocated. In this case the 'vector' member in entries numbered from
+0 to the returned value - 1 is populated with the interrupt number;
the driver should then call request_irq() for each 'vector' that it
decides to use. The device driver is responsible for keeping track of the
interrupts assigned to the MSI-X vectors so it can free them again later.
+Device driver can use the returned number of successfully allocated MSI-X
+interrupts to further allocate and initialize device resources.
If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and
the driver should not attempt to allocate any more MSI-X interrupts for
-this device. If it returns a positive number, it indicates the maximum
-number of interrupt vectors that could have been allocated. See example
-below.
+this device.
-This function, in contrast with pci_enable_msi(), does not adjust
+This function, in contrast with pci_enable_msi_range(), does not adjust
dev->irq. The device will not generate interrupts for this interrupt
number once MSI-X is enabled.
@@ -218,28 +278,165 @@
there are many reasons why the platform may not be able to provide the
exact number that a driver asks for.
-A request loop to achieve that might look like:
+There could be devices that can not operate with just any number of MSI-X
+interrupts within a range. E.g., an network adapter might need let's say
+four vectors per each queue it provides. Therefore, a number of MSI-X
+interrupts allocated should be a multiple of four. In this case interface
+pci_enable_msix_range() can not be used alone to request MSI-X interrupts
+(since it can allocate any number within the range, without any notion of
+the multiple of four) and the device driver should master a custom logic
+to request the required number of MSI-X interrupts.
+
+4.3.1.1 Maximum possible number of MSI-X interrupts
+
+The typical usage of MSI-X interrupts is to allocate as many vectors as
+possible, likely up to the limit returned by pci_msix_vec_count() function:
static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec)
{
- while (nvec >= FOO_DRIVER_MINIMUM_NVEC) {
- rc = pci_enable_msix(adapter->pdev,
- adapter->msix_entries, nvec);
- if (rc > 0)
- nvec = rc;
- else
- return rc;
- }
-
- return -ENOSPC;
+ return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries,
+ 1, nvec);
}
-4.3.2 pci_disable_msix
+Note the value of 'minvec' parameter is 1. As 'minvec' is inclusive,
+the value of 0 would be meaningless and could result in error.
+
+Some devices have a minimal limit on number of MSI-X interrupts.
+In this case the function could look like this:
+
+static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec)
+{
+ return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries,
+ FOO_DRIVER_MINIMUM_NVEC, nvec);
+}
+
+4.3.1.2 Exact number of MSI-X interrupts
+
+If a driver is unable or unwilling to deal with a variable number of MSI-X
+interrupts it could request a particular number of interrupts by passing
+that number to pci_enable_msix_range() function as both 'minvec' and 'maxvec'
+parameters:
+
+static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec)
+{
+ return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries,
+ nvec, nvec);
+}
+
+Note, unlike pci_enable_msix_exact() function, which could be also used to
+enable a particular number of MSI-X interrupts, pci_enable_msix_range()
+returns either a negative errno or 'nvec' (not negative errno or 0 - as
+pci_enable_msix_exact() does).
+
+4.3.1.3 Specific requirements to the number of MSI-X interrupts
+
+As noted above, there could be devices that can not operate with just any
+number of MSI-X interrupts within a range. E.g., let's assume a device that
+is only capable sending the number of MSI-X interrupts which is a power of
+two. A routine that enables MSI-X mode for such device might look like this:
+
+/*
+ * Assume 'minvec' and 'maxvec' are non-zero
+ */
+static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter,
+ int minvec, int maxvec)
+{
+ int rc;
+
+ minvec = roundup_pow_of_two(minvec);
+ maxvec = rounddown_pow_of_two(maxvec);
+
+ if (minvec > maxvec)
+ return -ERANGE;
+
+retry:
+ rc = pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries,
+ maxvec, maxvec);
+ /*
+ * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analized
+ */
+ if (rc == -ENOSPC) {
+ if (maxvec == 1)
+ return -ENOSPC;
+
+ maxvec /= 2;
+
+ if (minvec > maxvec)
+ return -ENOSPC;
+
+ goto retry;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analized for a fallback -
+any error code other than -ENOSPC indicates a fatal error and should not
+be retried.
+
+4.3.2 pci_enable_msix_exact
+
+int pci_enable_msix_exact(struct pci_dev *dev,
+ struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec)
+
+This variation on pci_enable_msix_range() call allows a device driver to
+request exactly 'nvec' MSI-Xs.
+
+If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and
+the driver should not attempt to allocate any more MSI-X interrupts for
+this device.
+
+By contrast with pci_enable_msix_range() function, pci_enable_msix_exact()
+returns zero in case of success, which indicates MSI-X interrupts have been
+successfully allocated.
+
+Another version of a routine that enables MSI-X mode for a device with
+specific requirements described in chapter 4.3.1.3 might look like this:
+
+/*
+ * Assume 'minvec' and 'maxvec' are non-zero
+ */
+static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter,
+ int minvec, int maxvec)
+{
+ int rc;
+
+ minvec = roundup_pow_of_two(minvec);
+ maxvec = rounddown_pow_of_two(maxvec);
+
+ if (minvec > maxvec)
+ return -ERANGE;
+
+retry:
+ rc = pci_enable_msix_exact(adapter->pdev,
+ adapter->msix_entries, maxvec);
+
+ /*
+ * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analyzed
+ */
+ if (rc == -ENOSPC) {
+ if (maxvec == 1)
+ return -ENOSPC;
+
+ maxvec /= 2;
+
+ if (minvec > maxvec)
+ return -ENOSPC;
+
+ goto retry;
+ } else if (rc < 0) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ return maxvec;
+}
+
+4.3.3 pci_disable_msix
void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev)
-This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix(). It frees
-the previously allocated message signaled interrupts. The interrupts may
+This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix_range().
+It frees the previously allocated MSI-X interrupts. The interrupts may
subsequently be assigned to another device, so drivers should not cache
the value of the 'vector' elements over a call to pci_disable_msix().
@@ -255,18 +452,32 @@
be accessed directly by the device driver. If the driver wishes to
mask or unmask an interrupt, it should call disable_irq() / enable_irq().
+4.3.4 pci_msix_vec_count
+
+int pci_msix_vec_count(struct pci_dev *dev)
+
+This function could be used to retrieve number of entries in the device
+MSI-X table.
+
+If this function returns a negative number, it indicates the device is
+not capable of sending MSI-Xs.
+
+If this function returns a positive number, it indicates the maximum
+number of MSI-X interrupt vectors that could be allocated.
+
4.4 Handling devices implementing both MSI and MSI-X capabilities
If a device implements both MSI and MSI-X capabilities, it can
run in either MSI mode or MSI-X mode, but not both simultaneously.
This is a requirement of the PCI spec, and it is enforced by the
-PCI layer. Calling pci_enable_msi() when MSI-X is already enabled or
-pci_enable_msix() when MSI is already enabled results in an error.
-If a device driver wishes to switch between MSI and MSI-X at runtime,
-it must first quiesce the device, then switch it back to pin-interrupt
-mode, before calling pci_enable_msi() or pci_enable_msix() and resuming
-operation. This is not expected to be a common operation but may be
-useful for debugging or testing during development.
+PCI layer. Calling pci_enable_msi_range() when MSI-X is already
+enabled or pci_enable_msix_range() when MSI is already enabled
+results in an error. If a device driver wishes to switch between MSI
+and MSI-X at runtime, it must first quiesce the device, then switch
+it back to pin-interrupt mode, before calling pci_enable_msi_range()
+or pci_enable_msix_range() and resuming operation. This is not expected
+to be a common operation but may be useful for debugging or testing
+during development.
4.5 Considerations when using MSIs
@@ -381,5 +592,5 @@
to bridges between the PCI root and the device, MSIs are disabled.
It is also worth checking the device driver to see whether it supports MSIs.
-For example, it may contain calls to pci_enable_msi(), pci_enable_msix() or
-pci_enable_msi_block().
+For example, it may contain calls to pci_enable_msi_range() or
+pci_enable_msix_range().
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
index 6f45856..9518006 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
@@ -123,8 +123,10 @@
The ID table is an array of struct pci_device_id entries ending with an
-all-zero entry; use of the macro DEFINE_PCI_DEVICE_TABLE is the preferred
-method of declaring the table. Each entry consists of:
+all-zero entry. Definitions with static const are generally preferred.
+Use of the deprecated macro DEFINE_PCI_DEVICE_TABLE should be avoided.
+
+Each entry consists of:
vendor,device Vendor and device ID to match (or PCI_ANY_ID)
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX
index 1d7a885..fa57139 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
- Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Linked Lists
lockdep.txt
- RCU and lockdep checking
+lockdep-splat.txt
+ - RCU Lockdep splats explained.
NMI-RCU.txt
- Using RCU to Protect Dynamic NMI Handlers
rcubarrier.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
index f3778f8..910870b 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
@@ -396,14 +396,14 @@
The output of "cat rcu/rcu_sched/rcu_pending" looks as follows:
- 0!np=26111 qsp=29 rpq=5386 cbr=1 cng=570 gpc=3674 gps=577 nn=15903
- 1!np=28913 qsp=35 rpq=6097 cbr=1 cng=448 gpc=3700 gps=554 nn=18113
- 2!np=32740 qsp=37 rpq=6202 cbr=0 cng=476 gpc=4627 gps=546 nn=20889
- 3 np=23679 qsp=22 rpq=5044 cbr=1 cng=415 gpc=3403 gps=347 nn=14469
- 4!np=30714 qsp=4 rpq=5574 cbr=0 cng=528 gpc=3931 gps=639 nn=20042
- 5 np=28910 qsp=2 rpq=5246 cbr=0 cng=428 gpc=4105 gps=709 nn=18422
- 6!np=38648 qsp=5 rpq=7076 cbr=0 cng=840 gpc=4072 gps=961 nn=25699
- 7 np=37275 qsp=2 rpq=6873 cbr=0 cng=868 gpc=3416 gps=971 nn=25147
+ 0!np=26111 qsp=29 rpq=5386 cbr=1 cng=570 gpc=3674 gps=577 nn=15903 ndw=0
+ 1!np=28913 qsp=35 rpq=6097 cbr=1 cng=448 gpc=3700 gps=554 nn=18113 ndw=0
+ 2!np=32740 qsp=37 rpq=6202 cbr=0 cng=476 gpc=4627 gps=546 nn=20889 ndw=0
+ 3 np=23679 qsp=22 rpq=5044 cbr=1 cng=415 gpc=3403 gps=347 nn=14469 ndw=0
+ 4!np=30714 qsp=4 rpq=5574 cbr=0 cng=528 gpc=3931 gps=639 nn=20042 ndw=0
+ 5 np=28910 qsp=2 rpq=5246 cbr=0 cng=428 gpc=4105 gps=709 nn=18422 ndw=0
+ 6!np=38648 qsp=5 rpq=7076 cbr=0 cng=840 gpc=4072 gps=961 nn=25699 ndw=0
+ 7 np=37275 qsp=2 rpq=6873 cbr=0 cng=868 gpc=3416 gps=971 nn=25147 ndw=0
The fields are as follows:
@@ -432,6 +432,10 @@
o "gps" is the number of times that a new grace period had started,
but this CPU was not yet aware of it.
+o "ndw" is the number of times that a wakeup of an rcuo
+ callback-offload kthread had to be deferred in order to avoid
+ deadlock.
+
o "nn" is the number of times that this CPU needed nothing.
@@ -443,7 +447,7 @@
balk: nt=0 egt=6541 bt=0 nb=0 ny=126 nos=0
This information is output only for rcu_preempt. Each two-line entry
-corresponds to a leaf rcu_node strcuture. The fields are as follows:
+corresponds to a leaf rcu_node structure. The fields are as follows:
o "n:m" is the CPU-number range for the corresponding two-line
entry. In the sample output above, the first entry covers
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt
index a58b63d..f51861b 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt
@@ -45,11 +45,22 @@
injection. Before this, please specify all necessary error
parameters.
+- flags
+ Present for kernel version 3.13 and above. Used to specify which
+ of param{1..4} are valid and should be used by BIOS during injection.
+ Value is a bitmask as specified in ACPI5.0 spec for the
+ SET_ERROR_TYPE_WITH_ADDRESS data structure:
+ Bit 0 - Processor APIC field valid (see param3 below)
+ Bit 1 - Memory address and mask valid (param1 and param2)
+ Bit 2 - PCIe (seg,bus,dev,fn) valid (param4 below)
+ If set to zero, legacy behaviour is used where the type of injection
+ specifies just one bit set, and param1 is multiplexed.
+
- param1
This file is used to set the first error parameter value. Effect of
parameter depends on error_type specified. For example, if error
type is memory related type, the param1 should be a valid physical
- memory address.
+ memory address. [Unless "flag" is set - see above]
- param2
This file is used to set the second error parameter value. Effect of
@@ -58,6 +69,12 @@
address mask. Linux requires page or narrower granularity, say,
0xfffffffffffff000.
+- param3
+ Used when the 0x1 bit is set in "flag" to specify the APIC id
+
+- param4
+ Used when the 0x4 bit is set in "flag" to specify target PCIe device
+
- notrigger
The EINJ mechanism is a two step process. First inject the error, then
perform some actions to trigger it. Setting "notrigger" to 1 skips the
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
index b994bcb..2a1519b 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
@@ -293,36 +293,13 @@
These GPIO numbers are controller relative and path "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0"
specifies the path to the controller. In order to use these GPIOs in Linux
-we need to translate them to the Linux GPIO numbers.
+we need to translate them to the corresponding Linux GPIO descriptors.
-In a simple case of just getting the Linux GPIO number from device
-resources one can use acpi_get_gpio_by_index() helper function. It takes
-pointer to the device and index of the GpioIo/GpioInt descriptor in the
-device resources list. For example:
+There is a standard GPIO API for that and is documented in
+Documentation/gpio.txt.
- int gpio_irq, gpio_power;
- int ret;
-
- gpio_irq = acpi_get_gpio_by_index(dev, 1, NULL);
- if (gpio_irq < 0)
- /* handle error */
-
- gpio_power = acpi_get_gpio_by_index(dev, 0, NULL);
- if (gpio_power < 0)
- /* handle error */
-
- /* Now we can use the GPIO numbers */
-
-Other GpioIo parameters must be converted first by the driver to be
-suitable to the gpiolib before passing them.
-
-In case of GpioInt resource an additional call to gpio_to_irq() must be
-done before calling request_irq().
-
-Note that the above API is ACPI specific and not recommended for drivers
-that need to support non-ACPI systems. The recommended way is to use
-the descriptor based GPIO interfaces. The above example looks like this
-when converted to the GPIO desc:
+In the above example we can get the corresponding two GPIO descriptors with
+a code like this:
#include <linux/gpio/consumer.h>
...
@@ -339,4 +316,5 @@
/* Now we can use the GPIO descriptors */
-See also Documentation/gpio.txt.
+There are also devm_* versions of these functions which release the
+descriptors once the device is released.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt b/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt
index 260f6a36..1860cb3 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt
@@ -235,10 +235,6 @@
named object's type in the second column). In that case the object's
directory in sysfs will contain the 'path' attribute whose value is
the full path to the node from the namespace root.
- struct acpi_device objects are created for the ACPI namespace nodes
- whose _STA control methods return PRESENT or FUNCTIONING. The power
- resource nodes or nodes without _STA are assumed to be both PRESENT
- and FUNCTIONING.
F:
The struct acpi_device object is created for a fixed hardware
feature (as indicated by the fixed feature flag's name in the second
@@ -340,7 +336,7 @@
| +-------------+-------+----------------+
| |
| | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+
- | +-| * PNP0C0D:00 | \_SB_.LID0 | acpi:PNP0C0D: |
+ | +-| PNP0C0D:00 | \_SB_.LID0 | acpi:PNP0C0D: |
| | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+
| |
| | +------------+------------+-----------------------+
@@ -390,6 +386,3 @@
attribute (as described earlier in this document).
NOTE: N/A indicates the device object does not have the 'path' or the
'modalias' attribute.
- NOTE: The PNP0C0D device listed above is highlighted (marked by "*")
- to indicate it will be created only when its _STA methods return
- PRESENT or FUNCTIONING.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
index 36420e1..a94090c 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
- requirements for booting
Interrupts
- ARM Interrupt subsystem documentation
+IXP4xx
+ - Intel IXP4xx Network processor.
msm
- MSM specific documentation
Netwinder
@@ -24,8 +26,16 @@
- ST SPEAr platform Linux Overview
VFP/
- Release notes for Linux Kernel Vector Floating Point support code
+cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt
+ - Algorithm for CPU and Cluster setup/teardown
empeg/
- Ltd's Empeg MP3 Car Audio Player
+firmware.txt
+ - Secure firmware registration and calling.
+kernel_mode_neon.txt
+ - How to use NEON instructions in kernel mode
+kernel_user_helpers.txt
+ - Helper functions in kernel space made available for userspace.
mem_alignment
- alignment abort handler documentation
memory.txt
@@ -34,3 +44,7 @@
- NWFPE floating point emulator documentation
swp_emulation
- SWP/SWPB emulation handler/logging description
+tcm.txt
+ - ARM Tightly Coupled Memory
+vlocks.txt
+ - Voting locks, low-level mechanism relying on memory system atomic writes.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
index da0151d..5a930c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
@@ -211,6 +211,30 @@
Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mmp
Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa
+Berlin family (Digital Entertainment)
+-------------------------------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ 88DE3005, Armada 1500-mini
+ Design name: BG2CD
+ Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
+ Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500-mini/
+ 88DE3100, Armada 1500
+ Design name: BG2
+ Core: Marvell PJ4B (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC
+ Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/
+ Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-1500-Product-Brief.pdf
+ 88DE????
+ Design name: BG3
+ Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC
+
+ Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/
+ Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin
+
+ Comments:
+ * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs
+ with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...).
+
Long-term plans
---------------
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
index 8b46c79..0ebd7e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
@@ -85,21 +85,10 @@
Headers
-------
- See arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/include/mach/regs-gpio.h for the list
+ See arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/include/mach/regs-gpio.h for the list
of GPIO pins, and the configuration values for them. This
is included by using #include <mach/regs-gpio.h>
- The GPIO management functions are defined in the hardware
- header arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/include/mach/hardware.h which can be
- included by #include <mach/hardware.h>
-
- A useful amount of documentation can be found in the hardware
- header on how the GPIO functions (and others) work.
-
- Whilst a number of these functions do make some checks on what
- is passed to them, for speed of use, they may not always ensure
- that the user supplied data to them is correct.
-
PIN Numbers
-----------
diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX b/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX
index 2df0365..c54fcdd 100644
--- a/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
00-INDEX
- This file
-
+Makefile
+ - Makefile for gptimers example file.
bfin-gpio-notes.txt
- Notes in developing/using bfin-gpio driver.
-
bfin-spi-notes.txt
- Notes for using bfin spi bus driver.
+gptimers-example.c
+ - gptimers example
diff --git a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX
index 929d990..e840b47 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@
- Deadline IO scheduler tunables
ioprio.txt
- Block io priorities (in CFQ scheduler)
+null_blk.txt
+ - Null block for block-layer benchmarking.
queue-sysfs.txt
- Queue's sysfs entries
request.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index 8df5e8e..2101e71 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -447,14 +447,13 @@
* main unit of I/O for the block layer and lower layers (ie drivers)
*/
struct bio {
- sector_t bi_sector;
struct bio *bi_next; /* request queue link */
struct block_device *bi_bdev; /* target device */
unsigned long bi_flags; /* status, command, etc */
unsigned long bi_rw; /* low bits: r/w, high: priority */
unsigned int bi_vcnt; /* how may bio_vec's */
- unsigned int bi_idx; /* current index into bio_vec array */
+ struct bvec_iter bi_iter; /* current index into bio_vec array */
unsigned int bi_size; /* total size in bytes */
unsigned short bi_phys_segments; /* segments after physaddr coalesce*/
@@ -480,7 +479,7 @@
- Code that traverses the req list can find all the segments of a bio
by using rq_for_each_segment. This handles the fact that a request
has multiple bios, each of which can have multiple segments.
-- Drivers which can't process a large bio in one shot can use the bi_idx
+- Drivers which can't process a large bio in one shot can use the bi_iter
field to keep track of the next bio_vec entry to process.
(e.g a 1MB bio_vec needs to be handled in max 128kB chunks for IDE)
[TBD: Should preferably also have a bi_voffset and bi_vlen to avoid modifying
@@ -589,7 +588,7 @@
nr_sectors and current_nr_sectors fields (based on the corresponding
hard_xxx values and the number of bytes transferred) and updates it on
every transfer that invokes end_that_request_first. It does the same for the
-buffer, bio, bio->bi_idx fields too.
+buffer, bio, bio->bi_iter fields too.
The buffer field is just a virtual address mapping of the current segment
of the i/o buffer in cases where the buffer resides in low-memory. For high
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt b/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74a32ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+
+Immutable biovecs and biovec iterators:
+=======================================
+
+Kent Overstreet <kmo@daterainc.com>
+
+As of 3.13, biovecs should never be modified after a bio has been submitted.
+Instead, we have a new struct bvec_iter which represents a range of a biovec -
+the iterator will be modified as the bio is completed, not the biovec.
+
+More specifically, old code that needed to partially complete a bio would
+update bi_sector and bi_size, and advance bi_idx to the next biovec. If it
+ended up partway through a biovec, it would increment bv_offset and decrement
+bv_len by the number of bytes completed in that biovec.
+
+In the new scheme of things, everything that must be mutated in order to
+partially complete a bio is segregated into struct bvec_iter: bi_sector,
+bi_size and bi_idx have been moved there; and instead of modifying bv_offset
+and bv_len, struct bvec_iter has bi_bvec_done, which represents the number of
+bytes completed in the current bvec.
+
+There are a bunch of new helper macros for hiding the gory details - in
+particular, presenting the illusion of partially completed biovecs so that
+normal code doesn't have to deal with bi_bvec_done.
+
+ * Driver code should no longer refer to biovecs directly; we now have
+ bio_iovec() and bio_iovec_iter() macros that return literal struct biovecs,
+ constructed from the raw biovecs but taking into account bi_bvec_done and
+ bi_size.
+
+ bio_for_each_segment() has been updated to take a bvec_iter argument
+ instead of an integer (that corresponded to bi_idx); for a lot of code the
+ conversion just required changing the types of the arguments to
+ bio_for_each_segment().
+
+ * Advancing a bvec_iter is done with bio_advance_iter(); bio_advance() is a
+ wrapper around bio_advance_iter() that operates on bio->bi_iter, and also
+ advances the bio integrity's iter if present.
+
+ There is a lower level advance function - bvec_iter_advance() - which takes
+ a pointer to a biovec, not a bio; this is used by the bio integrity code.
+
+What's all this get us?
+=======================
+
+Having a real iterator, and making biovecs immutable, has a number of
+advantages:
+
+ * Before, iterating over bios was very awkward when you weren't processing
+ exactly one bvec at a time - for example, bio_copy_data() in fs/bio.c,
+ which copies the contents of one bio into another. Because the biovecs
+ wouldn't necessarily be the same size, the old code was tricky convoluted -
+ it had to walk two different bios at the same time, keeping both bi_idx and
+ and offset into the current biovec for each.
+
+ The new code is much more straightforward - have a look. This sort of
+ pattern comes up in a lot of places; a lot of drivers were essentially open
+ coding bvec iterators before, and having common implementation considerably
+ simplifies a lot of code.
+
+ * Before, any code that might need to use the biovec after the bio had been
+ completed (perhaps to copy the data somewhere else, or perhaps to resubmit
+ it somewhere else if there was an error) had to save the entire bvec array
+ - again, this was being done in a fair number of places.
+
+ * Biovecs can be shared between multiple bios - a bvec iter can represent an
+ arbitrary range of an existing biovec, both starting and ending midway
+ through biovecs. This is what enables efficient splitting of arbitrary
+ bios. Note that this means we _only_ use bi_size to determine when we've
+ reached the end of a bio, not bi_vcnt - and the bio_iovec() macro takes
+ bi_size into account when constructing biovecs.
+
+ * Splitting bios is now much simpler. The old bio_split() didn't even work on
+ bios with more than a single bvec! Now, we can efficiently split arbitrary
+ size bios - because the new bio can share the old bio's biovec.
+
+ Care must be taken to ensure the biovec isn't freed while the split bio is
+ still using it, in case the original bio completes first, though. Using
+ bio_chain() when splitting bios helps with this.
+
+ * Submitting partially completed bios is now perfectly fine - this comes up
+ occasionally in stacking block drivers and various code (e.g. md and
+ bcache) had some ugly workarounds for this.
+
+ It used to be the case that submitting a partially completed bio would work
+ fine to _most_ devices, but since accessing the raw bvec array was the
+ norm, not all drivers would respect bi_idx and those would break. Now,
+ since all drivers _must_ go through the bvec iterator - and have been
+ audited to make sure they are - submitting partially completed bios is
+ perfectly fine.
+
+Other implications:
+===================
+
+ * Almost all usage of bi_idx is now incorrect and has been removed; instead,
+ where previously you would have used bi_idx you'd now use a bvec_iter,
+ probably passing it to one of the helper macros.
+
+ I.e. instead of using bio_iovec_idx() (or bio->bi_iovec[bio->bi_idx]), you
+ now use bio_iter_iovec(), which takes a bvec_iter and returns a
+ literal struct bio_vec - constructed on the fly from the raw biovec but
+ taking into account bi_bvec_done (and bi_size).
+
+ * bi_vcnt can't be trusted or relied upon by driver code - i.e. anything that
+ doesn't actually own the bio. The reason is twofold: firstly, it's not
+ actually needed for iterating over the bio anymore - we only use bi_size.
+ Secondly, when cloning a bio and reusing (a portion of) the original bio's
+ biovec, in order to calculate bi_vcnt for the new bio we'd have to iterate
+ over all the biovecs in the new bio - which is silly as it's not needed.
+
+ So, don't use bi_vcnt anymore.
diff --git a/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt b/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2830b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+Null block device driver
+================================================================================
+
+I. Overview
+
+The null block device (/dev/nullb*) is used for benchmarking the various
+block-layer implementations. It emulates a block device of X gigabytes in size.
+The following instances are possible:
+
+ Single-queue block-layer
+ - Request-based.
+ - Single submission queue per device.
+ - Implements IO scheduling algorithms (CFQ, Deadline, noop).
+ Multi-queue block-layer
+ - Request-based.
+ - Configurable submission queues per device.
+ No block-layer (Known as bio-based)
+ - Bio-based. IO requests are submitted directly to the device driver.
+ - Directly accepts bio data structure and returns them.
+
+All of them have a completion queue for each core in the system.
+
+II. Module parameters applicable for all instances:
+
+queue_mode=[0-2]: Default: 2-Multi-queue
+ Selects which block-layer the module should instantiate with.
+
+ 0: Bio-based.
+ 1: Single-queue.
+ 2: Multi-queue.
+
+home_node=[0--nr_nodes]: Default: NUMA_NO_NODE
+ Selects what CPU node the data structures are allocated from.
+
+gb=[Size in GB]: Default: 250GB
+ The size of the device reported to the system.
+
+bs=[Block size (in bytes)]: Default: 512 bytes
+ The block size reported to the system.
+
+nr_devices=[Number of devices]: Default: 2
+ Number of block devices instantiated. They are instantiated as /dev/nullb0,
+ etc.
+
+irq_mode=[0-2]: Default: 1-Soft-irq
+ The completion mode used for completing IOs to the block-layer.
+
+ 0: None.
+ 1: Soft-irq. Uses IPI to complete IOs across CPU nodes. Simulates the overhead
+ when IOs are issued from another CPU node than the home the device is
+ connected to.
+ 2: Timer: Waits a specific period (completion_nsec) for each IO before
+ completion.
+
+completion_nsec=[ns]: Default: 10.000ns
+ Combined with irq_mode=2 (timer). The time each completion event must wait.
+
+submit_queues=[0..nr_cpus]:
+ The number of submission queues attached to the device driver. If unset, it
+ defaults to 1 on single-queue and bio-based instances. For multi-queue,
+ it is ignored when use_per_node_hctx module parameter is 1.
+
+hw_queue_depth=[0..qdepth]: Default: 64
+ The hardware queue depth of the device.
+
+III: Multi-queue specific parameters
+
+use_per_node_hctx=[0/1]: Default: 0
+ 0: The number of submit queues are set to the value of the submit_queues
+ parameter.
+ 1: The multi-queue block layer is instantiated with a hardware dispatch
+ queue for each CPU node in the system.
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt
index fa72e97..fe2ef97 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt
@@ -36,21 +36,30 @@
rescue floppy disk.
-2) Kernel Command Line Parameters
+2) Parameters
---------------------------------
+2a) Kernel Command Line Parameters
+
ramdisk_size=N
==============
This parameter tells the RAM disk driver to set up RAM disks of N k size. The
-default is 4096 (4 MB) (8192 (8 MB) on S390).
+default is 4096 (4 MB).
- ramdisk_blocksize=N
- ===================
+2b) Module parameters
-This parameter tells the RAM disk driver how many bytes to use per block. The
-default is 1024 (BLOCK_SIZE).
+ rd_nr
+ =====
+ /dev/ramX devices created.
+ max_part
+ ========
+ Maximum partition number.
+
+ rd_size
+ =======
+ See ramdisk_size.
3) Using "rdev -r"
------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2eccddf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+zram: Compressed RAM based block devices
+----------------------------------------
+
+* Introduction
+
+The zram module creates RAM based block devices named /dev/zram<id>
+(<id> = 0, 1, ...). Pages written to these disks are compressed and stored
+in memory itself. These disks allow very fast I/O and compression provides
+good amounts of memory savings. Some of the usecases include /tmp storage,
+use as swap disks, various caches under /var and maybe many more :)
+
+Statistics for individual zram devices are exported through sysfs nodes at
+/sys/block/zram<id>/
+
+* Usage
+
+Following shows a typical sequence of steps for using zram.
+
+1) Load Module:
+ modprobe zram num_devices=4
+ This creates 4 devices: /dev/zram{0,1,2,3}
+ (num_devices parameter is optional. Default: 1)
+
+2) Set Disksize
+ Set disk size by writing the value to sysfs node 'disksize'.
+ The value can be either in bytes or you can use mem suffixes.
+ Examples:
+ # Initialize /dev/zram0 with 50MB disksize
+ echo $((50*1024*1024)) > /sys/block/zram0/disksize
+
+ # Using mem suffixes
+ echo 256K > /sys/block/zram0/disksize
+ echo 512M > /sys/block/zram0/disksize
+ echo 1G > /sys/block/zram0/disksize
+
+3) Activate:
+ mkswap /dev/zram0
+ swapon /dev/zram0
+
+ mkfs.ext4 /dev/zram1
+ mount /dev/zram1 /tmp
+
+4) Stats:
+ Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under
+ /sys/block/zram<id>/
+ disksize
+ num_reads
+ num_writes
+ invalid_io
+ notify_free
+ discard
+ zero_pages
+ orig_data_size
+ compr_data_size
+ mem_used_total
+
+5) Deactivate:
+ swapoff /dev/zram0
+ umount /dev/zram1
+
+6) Reset:
+ Write any positive value to 'reset' sysfs node
+ echo 1 > /sys/block/zram0/reset
+ echo 1 > /sys/block/zram1/reset
+
+ This frees all the memory allocated for the given device and
+ resets the disksize to zero. You must set the disksize again
+ before reusing the device.
+
+Nitin Gupta
+ngupta@vflare.org
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
index 638bf17..821de56 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,6 @@
2.1 Basic Usage
2.2 Attaching processes
2.3 Mounting hierarchies by name
- 2.4 Notification API
3. Kernel API
3.1 Overview
3.2 Synchronization
@@ -472,25 +471,6 @@
The name of the subsystem appears as part of the hierarchy description
in /proc/mounts and /proc/<pid>/cgroups.
-2.4 Notification API
---------------------
-
-There is mechanism which allows to get notifications about changing
-status of a cgroup.
-
-To register a new notification handler you need to:
- - create a file descriptor for event notification using eventfd(2);
- - open a control file to be monitored (e.g. memory.usage_in_bytes);
- - write "<event_fd> <control_fd> <args>" to cgroup.event_control.
- Interpretation of args is defined by control file implementation;
-
-eventfd will be woken up by control file implementation or when the
-cgroup is removed.
-
-To unregister a notification handler just close eventfd.
-
-NOTE: Support of notifications should be implemented for the control
-file. See documentation for the subsystem.
3. Kernel API
=============
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
index e2bc132..2622115 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@
per-node page counts including "hierarchical_<counter>" which sums up all
hierarchical children's values in addition to the memcg's own value.
-The ouput format of memory.numa_stat is:
+The output format of memory.numa_stat is:
total=<total pages> N0=<node 0 pages> N1=<node 1 pages> ...
file=<total file pages> N0=<node 0 pages> N1=<node 1 pages> ...
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
8.1 Interface
-This feature is disabled by default. It can be enabledi (and disabled again) by
+This feature is disabled by default. It can be enabled (and disabled again) by
writing to memory.move_charge_at_immigrate of the destination cgroup.
If you want to enable it:
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt
index 9face6b..ec18234 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
The Traffic Controller (tc) can be used to assign
different priorities to packets from different cgroups.
+Also, Netfilter (iptables) can use this tag to perform
+actions on such packets.
Creating a net_cls cgroups instance creates a net_cls.classid file.
This net_cls.classid value is initialized to 0.
@@ -32,3 +34,6 @@
- creating traffic class 10:1
tc filter add dev eth0 parent 10: protocol ip prio 10 handle 1: cgroup
+
+configuring iptables, basic example:
+iptables -A OUTPUT -m cgroup ! --cgroup 0x100001 -j DROP
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
index c4d99ed..5108afb 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
@@ -95,10 +95,10 @@
f. u64 res_counter_uncharge_until
(struct res_counter *rc, struct res_counter *top,
- unsinged long val)
+ unsigned long val)
- Almost same as res_cunter_uncharge() but propagation of uncharge
- stops when rc == top. This is useful when kill a res_coutner in
+ Almost same as res_counter_uncharge() but propagation of uncharge
+ stops when rc == top. This is useful when kill a res_counter in
child cgroup.
2.1 Other accounting routines
diff --git a/Documentation/circular-buffers.txt b/Documentation/circular-buffers.txt
index 8117e5b..88951b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/circular-buffers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/circular-buffers.txt
@@ -160,6 +160,7 @@
spin_lock(&producer_lock);
unsigned long head = buffer->head;
+ /* The spin_unlock() and next spin_lock() provide needed ordering. */
unsigned long tail = ACCESS_ONCE(buffer->tail);
if (CIRC_SPACE(head, tail, buffer->size) >= 1) {
@@ -168,9 +169,8 @@
produce_item(item);
- smp_wmb(); /* commit the item before incrementing the head */
-
- buffer->head = (head + 1) & (buffer->size - 1);
+ smp_store_release(buffer->head,
+ (head + 1) & (buffer->size - 1));
/* wake_up() will make sure that the head is committed before
* waking anyone up */
@@ -183,9 +183,14 @@
before the head index makes it available to the consumer and then instructs the
CPU that the revised head index must be written before the consumer is woken.
-Note that wake_up() doesn't have to be the exact mechanism used, but whatever
-is used must guarantee a (write) memory barrier between the update of the head
-index and the change of state of the consumer, if a change of state occurs.
+Note that wake_up() does not guarantee any sort of barrier unless something
+is actually awakened. We therefore cannot rely on it for ordering. However,
+there is always one element of the array left empty. Therefore, the
+producer must produce two elements before it could possibly corrupt the
+element currently being read by the consumer. Therefore, the unlock-lock
+pair between consecutive invocations of the consumer provides the necessary
+ordering between the read of the index indicating that the consumer has
+vacated a given element and the write by the producer to that same element.
THE CONSUMER
@@ -195,21 +200,20 @@
spin_lock(&consumer_lock);
- unsigned long head = ACCESS_ONCE(buffer->head);
+ /* Read index before reading contents at that index. */
+ unsigned long head = smp_load_acquire(buffer->head);
unsigned long tail = buffer->tail;
if (CIRC_CNT(head, tail, buffer->size) >= 1) {
- /* read index before reading contents at that index */
- smp_read_barrier_depends();
/* extract one item from the buffer */
struct item *item = buffer[tail];
consume_item(item);
- smp_mb(); /* finish reading descriptor before incrementing tail */
-
- buffer->tail = (tail + 1) & (buffer->size - 1);
+ /* Finish reading descriptor before incrementing tail. */
+ smp_store_release(buffer->tail,
+ (tail + 1) & (buffer->size - 1));
}
spin_unlock(&consumer_lock);
@@ -218,12 +222,17 @@
the new item, and then it shall make sure the CPU has finished reading the item
before it writes the new tail pointer, which will erase the item.
-
-Note the use of ACCESS_ONCE() in both algorithms to read the opposition index.
-This prevents the compiler from discarding and reloading its cached value -
-which some compilers will do across smp_read_barrier_depends(). This isn't
-strictly needed if you can be sure that the opposition index will _only_ be
-used the once.
+Note the use of ACCESS_ONCE() and smp_load_acquire() to read the
+opposition index. This prevents the compiler from discarding and
+reloading its cached value - which some compilers will do across
+smp_read_barrier_depends(). This isn't strictly needed if you can
+be sure that the opposition index will _only_ be used the once.
+The smp_load_acquire() additionally forces the CPU to order against
+subsequent memory references. Similarly, smp_store_release() is used
+in both algorithms to write the thread's index. This documents the
+fact that we are writing to something that can be read concurrently,
+prevents the compiler from tearing the store, and enforces ordering
+against previous accesses.
===============
diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt
index 3aeb5c4..699ef2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/clk.txt
+++ b/Documentation/clk.txt
@@ -77,6 +77,11 @@
int (*set_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw, u8 index);
u8 (*get_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw);
int (*set_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw, unsigned long);
+ int (*set_rate_and_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw,
+ unsigned long rate,
+ unsigned long parent_rate, u8 index);
+ unsigned long (*recalc_accuracy)(struct clk_hw *hw,
+ unsigned long parent_accuracy);
void (*init)(struct clk_hw *hw);
};
@@ -202,6 +207,8 @@
.set_parent | | | n | y | n |
.get_parent | | | n | y | n |
| | | | | |
+.recalc_accuracy| | | | | |
+ | | | | | |
.init | | | | | |
-----------------------------------------------------------
[1] either one of round_rate or determine_rate is required.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt
index 9b4edfc..dd62e13 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
Some CPUs support a functionality to raise the operating frequency of
some cores in a multi-core package if certain conditions apply, mostly
if the whole chip is not fully utilized and below it's intended thermal
-budget. This is done without operating system control by a combination
-of hardware and firmware.
+budget. The decision about boost disable/enable is made either at hardware
+(e.g. x86) or software (e.g ARM).
On Intel CPUs this is called "Turbo Boost", AMD calls it "Turbo-Core",
in technical documentation "Core performance boost". In Linux we use
the term "boost" for convenience.
@@ -48,24 +48,24 @@
User controlled switch
----------------------
-To allow the user to toggle the boosting functionality, the acpi-cpufreq
-driver exports a sysfs knob to disable it. There is a file:
+To allow the user to toggle the boosting functionality, the cpufreq core
+driver exports a sysfs knob to enable or disable it. There is a file:
/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost
which can either read "0" (boosting disabled) or "1" (boosting enabled).
-Reading the file is always supported, even if the processor does not
-support boosting. In this case the file will be read-only and always
-reads as "0". Explicitly changing the permissions and writing to that
-file anyway will return EINVAL.
+The file is exported only when cpufreq driver supports boosting.
+Explicitly changing the permissions and writing to that file anyway will
+return EINVAL.
On supported CPUs one can write either a "0" or a "1" into this file.
This will either disable the boost functionality on all cores in the
-whole system (0) or will allow the hardware to boost at will (1).
+whole system (0) or will allow the software or hardware to boost at will
+(1).
Writing a "1" does not explicitly boost the system, but just allows the
-CPU (and the firmware) to boost at their discretion. Some implementations
-take external factors like the chip's temperature into account, so
-boosting once does not necessarily mean that it will occur every time
-even using the exact same software setup.
+CPU to boost at their discretion. Some implementations take external
+factors like the chip's temperature into account, so boosting once does
+not necessarily mean that it will occur every time even using the exact
+same software setup.
AMD legacy cpb switch
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e742d21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Intel P-state driver
+--------------------
+
+This driver implements a scaling driver with an internal governor for
+Intel Core processors. The driver follows the same model as the
+Transmeta scaling driver (longrun.c) and implements the setpolicy()
+instead of target(). Scaling drivers that implement setpolicy() are
+assumed to implement internal governors by the cpufreq core. All the
+logic for selecting the current P state is contained within the
+driver; no external governor is used by the cpufreq core.
+
+Intel SandyBridge+ processors are supported.
+
+New sysfs files for controlling P state selection have been added to
+/sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/
+
+ max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by
+ the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+
+ min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by
+ the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+
+ no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo
+ frequency range.
+
+For contemporary Intel processors, the frequency is controlled by the
+processor itself and the P-states exposed to software are related to
+performance levels. The idea that frequency can be set to a single
+frequency is fiction for Intel Core processors. Even if the scaling
+driver selects a single P state the actual frequency the processor
+will run at is selected by the processor itself.
+
+New debugfs files have also been added to /sys/kernel/debug/pstate_snb/
+
+ deadband
+ d_gain_pct
+ i_gain_pct
+ p_gain_pct
+ sample_rate_ms
+ setpoint
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
index 8cb9938..be675d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
- static struct notifier_block foobar_cpu_notifer =
+ static struct notifier_block foobar_cpu_notifier =
{
.notifier_call = foobar_cpu_callback,
};
diff --git a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
index 611f5a5..fa0151a 100644
--- a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
+++ b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
@@ -22,10 +22,12 @@
Retrieving a full system memory dump is also possible over the FireWire,
using data transfer rates in the order of 10MB/s or more.
-Memory access is currently limited to the low 4G of physical address
-space which can be a problem on IA64 machines where memory is located
-mostly above that limit, but it is rarely a problem on more common
-hardware such as hardware based on x86, x86-64 and PowerPC.
+With most FireWire controllers, memory access is limited to the low 4 GB
+of physical address space. This can be a problem on IA64 machines where
+memory is located mostly above that limit, but it is rarely a problem on
+more common hardware such as x86, x86-64 and PowerPC. However, at least
+Agere/LSI FW643e and FW643e2 controllers are known to support access to
+physical addresses above 4 GB.
Together with a early initialization of the OHCI-1394 controller for debugging,
this facility proved most useful for examining long debugs logs in the printk
@@ -36,17 +38,11 @@
Drivers
-------
-The ohci1394 driver in drivers/ieee1394 initializes the OHCI-1394 controllers
-to a working state and enables physical DMA by default for all remote nodes.
-This can be turned off by ohci1394's module parameter phys_dma=0.
-
-The alternative firewire-ohci driver in drivers/firewire uses filtered physical
+The firewire-ohci driver in drivers/firewire uses filtered physical
DMA by default, which is more secure but not suitable for remote debugging.
-Compile the driver with CONFIG_FIREWIRE_OHCI_REMOTE_DMA (Kernel hacking menu:
-Remote debugging over FireWire with firewire-ohci) to get unfiltered physical
-DMA.
+Pass the remote_dma=1 parameter to the driver to get unfiltered physical DMA.
-Because ohci1394 and firewire-ohci depend on the PCI enumeration to be
+Because the firewire-ohci driver depends on the PCI enumeration to be
completed, an initialization routine which runs pretty early has been
implemented for x86. This routine runs long before console_init() can be
called, i.e. before the printk buffer appears on the console.
@@ -64,7 +60,7 @@
Bernhard Kaindl enhanced firescope to support accessing 64-bit machines
from 32-bit firescope and vice versa:
-- http://halobates.de/firewire/firescope-0.2.2.tar.bz2
+- http://v3.sk/~lkundrak/firescope/
and he implemented fast system dump (alpha version - read README.txt):
- http://halobates.de/firewire/firedump-0.1.tar.bz2
@@ -92,11 +88,11 @@
1) Verify that your hardware is supported:
- Load the ohci1394 or the fw-ohci module and check your kernel logs.
+ Load the firewire-ohci module and check your kernel logs.
You should see a line similar to
- ohci1394: fw-host0: OHCI-1394 1.1 (PCI): IRQ=[18] MMIO=[fe9ff800-fe9fffff]
- ... Max Packet=[2048] IR/IT contexts=[4/8]
+ firewire_ohci 0000:15:00.1: added OHCI v1.0 device as card 2, 4 IR + 4 IT
+ ... contexts, quirks 0x11
when loading the driver. If you have no supported controller, many PCI,
CardBus and even some Express cards which are fully compliant to OHCI-1394
@@ -105,6 +101,9 @@
compliant, they are based on TI PCILynx chips and require drivers for Win-
dows operating systems.
+ The mentioned kernel log message contains ">4 GB phys DMA" in case of
+ OHCI-1394 controllers which support accesses above this limit.
+
2) Establish a working FireWire cable connection:
Any FireWire cable, as long at it provides electrically and mechanically
@@ -113,20 +112,18 @@
If an driver is running on both machines you should see a line like
- ieee1394: Node added: ID:BUS[0-01:1023] GUID[0090270001b84bba]
+ firewire_core 0000:15:00.1: created device fw1: GUID 00061b0020105917, S400
on both machines in the kernel log when the cable is plugged in
and connects the two machines.
3) Test physical DMA using firescope:
- On the debug host,
- - load the raw1394 module,
- - make sure that /dev/raw1394 is accessible,
+ On the debug host, make sure that /dev/fw* is accessible,
then start firescope:
$ firescope
- Port 0 (ohci1394) opened, 2 nodes detected
+ Port 0 (/dev/fw1) opened, 2 nodes detected
FireScope
---------
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt
index df52a84..66c2774 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt
@@ -40,8 +40,11 @@
costs into account and to adjust to varying load patterns automatically.
Message and constructor argument pairs are:
- 'sequential_threshold <#nr_sequential_ios>' and
- 'random_threshold <#nr_random_ios>'.
+ 'sequential_threshold <#nr_sequential_ios>'
+ 'random_threshold <#nr_random_ios>'
+ 'read_promote_adjustment <value>'
+ 'write_promote_adjustment <value>'
+ 'discard_promote_adjustment <value>'
The sequential threshold indicates the number of contiguous I/Os
required before a stream is treated as sequential. The random threshold
@@ -55,6 +58,15 @@
contiguous I/Os to try to spot when the io is in one of these sequential
modes.
+Internally the mq policy maintains a promotion threshold variable. If
+the hit count of a block not in the cache goes above this threshold it
+gets promoted to the cache. The read, write and discard promote adjustment
+tunables allow you to tweak the promotion threshold by adding a small
+value based on the io type. They default to 4, 8 and 1 respectively.
+If you're trying to quickly warm a new cache device you may wish to
+reduce these to encourage promotion. Remember to switch them back to
+their defaults after the cache fills though.
+
cleaner
-------
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt
index 719320b..68c0f51 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt
@@ -124,12 +124,11 @@
Updating on-disk metadata
-------------------------
-On-disk metadata is committed every time a REQ_SYNC or REQ_FUA bio is
-written. If no such requests are made then commits will occur every
-second. This means the cache behaves like a physical disk that has a
-write cache (the same is true of the thin-provisioning target). If
-power is lost you may lose some recent writes. The metadata should
-always be consistent in spite of any crash.
+On-disk metadata is committed every time a FLUSH or FUA bio is written.
+If no such requests are made then commits will occur every second. This
+means the cache behaves like a physical disk that has a volatile write
+cache. If power is lost you may lose some recent writes. The metadata
+should always be consistent in spite of any crash.
The 'dirty' state for a cache block changes far too frequently for us
to keep updating it on the fly. So we treat it as a hint. In normal
@@ -217,36 +216,43 @@
Status
------
-<#used metadata blocks>/<#total metadata blocks> <#read hits> <#read misses>
-<#write hits> <#write misses> <#demotions> <#promotions> <#blocks in cache>
-<#dirty> <#features> <features>* <#core args> <core args>* <#policy args>
-<policy args>*
+<metadata block size> <#used metadata blocks>/<#total metadata blocks>
+<cache block size> <#used cache blocks>/<#total cache blocks>
+<#read hits> <#read misses> <#write hits> <#write misses>
+<#demotions> <#promotions> <#dirty> <#features> <features>*
+<#core args> <core args>* <policy name> <#policy args> <policy args>*
-#used metadata blocks : Number of metadata blocks used
-#total metadata blocks : Total number of metadata blocks
-#read hits : Number of times a READ bio has been mapped
+metadata block size : Fixed block size for each metadata block in
+ sectors
+#used metadata blocks : Number of metadata blocks used
+#total metadata blocks : Total number of metadata blocks
+cache block size : Configurable block size for the cache device
+ in sectors
+#used cache blocks : Number of blocks resident in the cache
+#total cache blocks : Total number of cache blocks
+#read hits : Number of times a READ bio has been mapped
to the cache
-#read misses : Number of times a READ bio has been mapped
+#read misses : Number of times a READ bio has been mapped
to the origin
-#write hits : Number of times a WRITE bio has been mapped
+#write hits : Number of times a WRITE bio has been mapped
to the cache
-#write misses : Number of times a WRITE bio has been
+#write misses : Number of times a WRITE bio has been
mapped to the origin
-#demotions : Number of times a block has been removed
+#demotions : Number of times a block has been removed
from the cache
-#promotions : Number of times a block has been moved to
+#promotions : Number of times a block has been moved to
the cache
-#blocks in cache : Number of blocks resident in the cache
-#dirty : Number of blocks in the cache that differ
+#dirty : Number of blocks in the cache that differ
from the origin
-#feature args : Number of feature args to follow
-feature args : 'writethrough' (optional)
-#core args : Number of core arguments (must be even)
-core args : Key/value pairs for tuning the core
+#feature args : Number of feature args to follow
+feature args : 'writethrough' (optional)
+#core args : Number of core arguments (must be even)
+core args : Key/value pairs for tuning the core
e.g. migration_threshold
-#policy args : Number of policy arguments to follow (must be even)
-policy args : Key/value pairs
- e.g. 'sequential_threshold 1024
+policy name : Name of the policy
+#policy args : Number of policy arguments to follow (must be even)
+policy args : Key/value pairs
+ e.g. sequential_threshold
Messages
--------
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
index 50c44cf..05a27e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
@@ -116,6 +116,35 @@
userspace daemon can use this to detect a situation where a new table
already exceeds the threshold.
+A low water mark for the metadata device is maintained in the kernel and
+will trigger a dm event if free space on the metadata device drops below
+it.
+
+Updating on-disk metadata
+-------------------------
+
+On-disk metadata is committed every time a FLUSH or FUA bio is written.
+If no such requests are made then commits will occur every second. This
+means the thin-provisioning target behaves like a physical disk that has
+a volatile write cache. If power is lost you may lose some recent
+writes. The metadata should always be consistent in spite of any crash.
+
+If data space is exhausted the pool will either error or queue IO
+according to the configuration (see: error_if_no_space). If metadata
+space is exhausted or a metadata operation fails: the pool will error IO
+until the pool is taken offline and repair is performed to 1) fix any
+potential inconsistencies and 2) clear the flag that imposes repair.
+Once the pool's metadata device is repaired it may be resized, which
+will allow the pool to return to normal operation. Note that if a pool
+is flagged as needing repair, the pool's data and metadata devices
+cannot be resized until repair is performed. It should also be noted
+that when the pool's metadata space is exhausted the current metadata
+transaction is aborted. Given that the pool will cache IO whose
+completion may have already been acknowledged to upper IO layers
+(e.g. filesystem) it is strongly suggested that consistency checks
+(e.g. fsck) be performed on those layers when repair of the pool is
+required.
+
Thin provisioning
-----------------
@@ -235,6 +264,8 @@
read_only: Don't allow any changes to be made to the pool
metadata.
+ error_if_no_space: Error IOs, instead of queueing, if no space.
+
Data block size must be between 64KB (128 sectors) and 1GB
(2097152 sectors) inclusive.
@@ -256,10 +287,9 @@
should register for the event and then check the target's status.
held metadata root:
- The location, in sectors, of the metadata root that has been
+ The location, in blocks, of the metadata root that has been
'held' for userspace read access. '-' indicates there is no
- held root. This feature is not yet implemented so '-' is
- always returned.
+ held root.
discard_passdown|no_discard_passdown
Whether or not discards are actually being passed down to the
@@ -276,6 +306,11 @@
contain the string 'Fail'. The userspace recovery tools
should then be used.
+ error_if_no_space|queue_if_no_space
+ If the pool runs out of data or metadata space, the pool will
+ either queue or error the IO destined to the data device. The
+ default is to queue the IO until more space is added.
+
iii) Messages
create_thin <dev id>
diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt
index 80b7241..10378cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devices.txt
@@ -409,6 +409,7 @@
193 = /dev/d7s SPARC 7-segment display
194 = /dev/zkshim Zero-Knowledge network shim control
195 = /dev/elographics/e2201 Elographics touchscreen E271-2201
+ 196 = /dev/vfio/vfio VFIO userspace driver interface
198 = /dev/sexec Signed executable interface
199 = /dev/scanners/cuecat :CueCat barcode scanner
200 = /dev/net/tun TAP/TUN network device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX b/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX
index b78f691..8c4102c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX
@@ -8,3 +8,5 @@
- this file
booting-without-of.txt
- Booting Linux without Open Firmware, describes history and format of device trees.
+usage-model.txt
+ - How Linux uses DT and what DT aims to solve.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d25f8d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+
+ Devicetree (DT) ABI
+
+I. Regarding stable bindings/ABI, we quote from the 2013 ARM mini-summit
+ summary document:
+
+ "That still leaves the question of, what does a stable binding look
+ like? Certainly a stable binding means that a newer kernel will not
+ break on an older device tree, but that doesn't mean the binding is
+ frozen for all time. Grant said there are ways to change bindings that
+ don't result in breakage. For instance, if a new property is added,
+ then default to the previous behaviour if it is missing. If a binding
+ truly needs an incompatible change, then change the compatible string
+ at the same time. The driver can bind against both the old and the
+ new. These guidelines aren't new, but they desperately need to be
+ documented."
+
+II. General binding rules
+
+ 1) Maintainers, don't let perfect be the enemy of good. Don't hold up a
+ binding because it isn't perfect.
+
+ 2) Use specific compatible strings so that if we need to add a feature (DMA)
+ in the future, we can create a new compatible string. See I.
+
+ 3) Bindings can be augmented, but the driver shouldn't break when given
+ the old binding. ie. add additional properties, but don't change the
+ meaning of an existing property. For drivers, default to the original
+ behaviour when a newly added property is missing.
+
+ 4) Don't submit bindings for staging or unstable. That will be decided by
+ the devicetree maintainers *after* discussion on the mailinglist.
+
+III. Notes
+
+ 1) This document is intended as a general familiarization with the process as
+ decided at the 2013 Kernel Summit. When in doubt, the current word of the
+ devicetree maintainers overrules this document. In that situation, a patch
+ updating this document would be appreciated.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
index 5fac246..3509707 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
@@ -14,6 +14,9 @@
- core-module: the root node to the Integrator platforms must have
a core-module with regs and the compatible string
"arm,core-module-integrator"
+- external-bus-interface: the root node to the Integrator platforms
+ must have an external bus interface with regs and the
+ compatible-string "arm,external-bus-interface"
Required properties for the core module:
- regs: the location and size of the core module registers, one
@@ -48,6 +51,11 @@
reg = <0x10000000 0x200>;
};
+ ebi@12000000 {
+ compatible = "arm,external-bus-interface";
+ reg = <0x12000000 0x100>;
+ };
+
syscon {
compatible = "arm,integrator-ap-syscon";
reg = <0x11000000 0x100>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
index ad03121..2742e9c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
Required properties:
- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic"
+ <chip> can be "at91rm9200" or "sama5d3"
- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
- interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property.
- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It should be 3.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
index 1196290..16f60b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,10 @@
- interrupts: Should contain all interrupts for the TC block
Note that you can specify several interrupt cells if the TC
block has one interrupt per channel.
+- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
+ Required elements: "t0_clk"
+ Optional elements: "t1_clk", "t2_clk"
+- clocks: phandles to input clocks.
Examples:
@@ -28,6 +32,8 @@
compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-tcb";
reg = <0xfff7c000 0x100>;
interrupts = <18 4>;
+ clocks = <&tcb0_clk>;
+ clock-names = "t0_clk";
};
One interrupt per TC channel in a TC block:
@@ -35,6 +41,8 @@
compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-tcb";
reg = <0xfffdc000 0x100>;
interrupts = <26 4 27 4 28 4>;
+ clocks = <&tcb1_clk>;
+ clock-names = "t0_clk";
};
RSTC Reset Controller required properties:
@@ -50,7 +58,8 @@
};
RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc",
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc",
+ "atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc",
"atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc",
- reg: Should contain registers location and length
For at91sam9263 and at91sam9g45 you must specify 2 entries.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt
index 17d88b2..39adf54 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt
@@ -8,13 +8,18 @@
- DEPRECATED: compatible : "bcm,kona-timer"
- reg : Register range for the timer
- interrupts : interrupt for the timer
+- clocks: phandle + clock specifier pair of the external clock
- clock-frequency: frequency that the clock operates
+Only one of clocks or clock-frequency should be specified.
+
+Refer to clocks/clock-bindings.txt for generic clock consumer properties.
+
Example:
timer@35006000 {
compatible = "brcm,kona-timer";
reg = <0x35006000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <0x0 7 0x4>;
- clock-frequency = <32768>;
+ clocks = <&hub_timer_clk>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3545ea7..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-* Texas Instruments Davinci NAND
-
-This file provides information, what the device node for the
-davinci nand interface contain.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "ti,davinci-nand";
-- reg : contain 2 offset/length values:
- - offset and length for the access window
- - offset and length for accessing the aemif control registers
-- ti,davinci-chipselect: Indicates on the davinci_nand driver which
- chipselect is used for accessing the nand.
-
-Recommended properties :
-- ti,davinci-mask-ale: mask for ale
-- ti,davinci-mask-cle: mask for cle
-- ti,davinci-mask-chipsel: mask for chipselect
-- ti,davinci-ecc-mode: ECC mode valid values for davinci driver:
- - "none"
- - "soft"
- - "hw"
-- ti,davinci-ecc-bits: used ECC bits, currently supported 1 or 4.
-- ti,davinci-nand-buswidth: buswidth 8 or 16
-- ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt: use flash based bad block table support.
-
-nand device bindings may contain additional sub-nodes describing
-partitions of the address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
-
-Example(da850 EVM ):
-nand_cs3@62000000 {
- compatible = "ti,davinci-nand";
- reg = <0x62000000 0x807ff
- 0x68000000 0x8000>;
- ti,davinci-chipselect = <1>;
- ti,davinci-mask-ale = <0>;
- ti,davinci-mask-cle = <0>;
- ti,davinci-mask-chipsel = <0>;
- ti,davinci-ecc-mode = "hw";
- ti,davinci-ecc-bits = <4>;
- ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt;
-
- partition@180000 {
- label = "ubifs";
- reg = <0x180000 0x7e80000>;
- };
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/firmware/tlm,trusted-foundations.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/firmware/tlm,trusted-foundations.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..780d039
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/firmware/tlm,trusted-foundations.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Trusted Foundations
+-------------------
+
+Boards that use the Trusted Foundations secure monitor can signal its
+presence by declaring a node compatible with "tlm,trusted-foundations"
+under the /firmware/ node
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "tlm,trusted-foundations"
+- tlm,version-major: major version number of Trusted Foundations firmware
+- tlm,version-minor: minor version number of Trusted Foundations firmware
+
+Example:
+ firmware {
+ trusted-foundations {
+ compatible = "tlm,trusted-foundations";
+ tlm,version-major = <2>;
+ tlm,version-minor = <8>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index 3dfb0c0..bae0d87 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
Main node required properties:
- compatible : should be one of:
+ "arm,gic-400"
"arm,cortex-a15-gic"
"arm,cortex-a9-gic"
"arm,cortex-a7-gic"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c7a465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Hisilicon Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+Hi4511 Board
+Required root node properties:
+ - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3620-hi4511";
+
+Hisilicon system controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "hisilicon,sysctrl"
+- reg : Register address and size
+
+Optional properties:
+- smp-offset : offset in sysctrl for notifying slave cpu booting
+ cpu 1, reg;
+ cpu 2, reg + 0x4;
+ cpu 3, reg + 0x8;
+ If reg value is not zero, cpun exit wfi and go
+- resume-offset : offset in sysctrl for notifying cpu0 when resume
+- reboot-offset : offset in sysctrl for system reboot
+
+Example:
+
+ /* for Hi3620 */
+ sysctrl: system-controller@fc802000 {
+ compatible = "hisilicon,sysctrl";
+ reg = <0xfc802000 0x1000>;
+ smp-offset = <0x31c>;
+ resume-offset = <0x308>;
+ reboot-offset = <0x4>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt
index c0c7626..b513cb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt
@@ -7,20 +7,21 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : should be one of:
- "arm,pl310-cache"
- "arm,l220-cache"
- "arm,l210-cache"
- "marvell,aurora-system-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be
+ "arm,pl310-cache"
+ "arm,l220-cache"
+ "arm,l210-cache"
+ "bcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": DEPRECATED by "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache"
+ "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": For Broadcom bcm11351 chipset where an
+ offset needs to be added to the address before passing down to the L2
+ cache controller
+ "marvell,aurora-system-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be
compatible with the ARM one, with system cache mode (meaning
maintenance operations on L1 are broadcasted to the L2 and L2
performs the same operation).
- "marvell,"aurora-outer-cache: Marvell Controller designed to be
- compatible with the ARM one with outer cache mode.
- "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": For Broadcom bcm11351 chipset where an
- offset needs to be added to the address before passing down to the L2
- cache controller
- "bcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": DEPRECATED by
- "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache"
+ "marvell,aurora-outer-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be
+ compatible with the ARM one with outer cache mode.
+ "marvell,tauros3-cache": Marvell Tauros3 cache controller, compatible
+ with arm,pl310-cache controller.
- cache-unified : Specifies the cache is a unified cache.
- cache-level : Should be set to 2 for a level 2 cache.
- reg : Physical base address and size of cache controller's memory mapped
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..737afa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Marvell Berlin SoC Family Device Tree Bindings
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500
+shall have the following properties:
+
+* Required root node properties:
+compatible: must contain "marvell,berlin"
+
+In addition, the above compatible shall be extended with the specific
+SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
+ "marvell,berlin2" for Marvell Armada 1500 (BG2, 88DE3100),
+ "marvell,berlin2cd" for Marvell Armada 1500-mini (BG2CD, 88DE3005)
+ "marvell,berlin2ct" for Marvell Armada ? (BG2CT, 88DE????)
+ "marvell,berlin3" for Marvell Armada ? (BG3, 88DE????)
+
+* Example:
+
+/ {
+ model = "Sony NSZ-GS7";
+ compatible = "sony,nsz-gs7", "marvell,berlin2", "marvell,berlin";
+
+ ...
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/moxart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/moxart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11087ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/moxart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+MOXA ART device tree bindings
+
+Boards with the MOXA ART SoC shall have the following properties:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible = "moxa,moxart";
+
+Boards:
+
+- UC-7112-LX: embedded computer
+ compatible = "moxa,moxart-uc-7112-lx", "moxa,moxart"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index 808c154..af9b4a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -31,6 +31,59 @@
ti,hwmods = "spinlock";
};
+SoC Type (optional):
+
+- General Purpose devices
+ compatible = "ti,gp"
+- High Security devices
+ compatible = "ti,hs"
+
+SoC Families:
+
+- OMAP2 generic - defaults to OMAP2420
+ compatible = "ti,omap2"
+- OMAP3 generic - defaults to OMAP3430
+ compatible = "ti,omap3"
+- OMAP4 generic - defaults to OMAP4430
+ compatible = "ti,omap4"
+- OMAP5 generic - defaults to OMAP5430
+ compatible = "ti,omap5"
+- DRA7 generic - defaults to DRA742
+ compatible = "ti,dra7"
+- AM43x generic - defaults to AM4372
+ compatible = "ti,am43"
+
+SoCs:
+
+- OMAP2420
+ compatible = "ti,omap2420", "ti,omap2"
+- OMAP2430
+ compatible = "ti,omap2430", "ti,omap2"
+
+- OMAP3430
+ compatible = "ti,omap3430", "ti,omap3"
+- AM3517
+ compatible = "ti,am3517", "ti,omap3"
+- OMAP3630
+ compatible = "ti,omap36xx", "ti,omap3"
+- AM33xx
+ compatible = "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3"
+
+- OMAP4430
+ compatible = "ti,omap4430", "ti,omap4"
+- OMAP4460
+ compatible = "ti,omap4460", "ti,omap4"
+
+- OMAP5430
+ compatible = "ti,omap5430", "ti,omap5"
+- OMAP5432
+ compatible = "ti,omap5432", "ti,omap5"
+
+- DRA742
+ compatible = "ti,dra7xx", "ti,dra7"
+
+- AM4372
+ compatible = "ti,am4372", "ti,am43"
Boards:
@@ -38,7 +91,7 @@
compatible = "ti,omap3-beagle", "ti,omap3"
- OMAP3 Tobi with Overo : Commercial expansion board with daughter board
- compatible = "ti,omap3-tobi", "ti,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3"
+ compatible = "gumstix,omap3-overo-tobi", "gumstix,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3"
- OMAP4 SDP : Software Development Board
compatible = "ti,omap4-sdp", "ti,omap4430"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt
index 5039c0a..0ab3251 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,12 @@
SAMSUNG S5P/Exynos SoC series System Registers (SYSREG)
Properties:
- - name : should be 'sysreg';
- compatible : should contain "samsung,<chip name>-sysreg", "syscon";
For Exynos4 SoC series it should be "samsung,exynos4-sysreg", "syscon";
- reg : offset and length of the register set.
+
+Example:
+ syscon@10010000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos4-sysreg", "syscon";
+ reg = <0x10010000 0x400>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
index ed9c853..558ed4b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
@@ -32,3 +32,8 @@
nvidia,whistler
toradex,colibri_t20-512
toradex,iris
+
+Trusted Foundations
+-------------------------------------------
+Tegra supports the Trusted Foundation secure monitor. See the
+"tlm,trusted-foundations" binding's documentation for more details.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
index 1608a54..68ac65f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
- compatible : Should contain "nvidia,tegra<chip>-pmc".
- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
"pclk" (The Tegra clock of that name),
"clk32k_in" (The 32KHz clock input to Tegra).
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt
index 9989eda..c9cf605 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt
@@ -29,3 +29,8 @@
clear-mask = <0xffffffff>;
valid-mask = <0x003fffff>;
};
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupts: if the FPGA IRQ controller is cascaded, i.e. if its IRQ
+ output is simply connected to the input of another IRQ controller,
+ then the parent IRQ shall be specified in this property.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt
index b5cdd20..1c83516 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
* Marvell Orion SATA
Required Properties:
-- compatibility : "marvell,orion-sata"
+- compatibility : "marvell,orion-sata" or "marvell,armada-370-sata"
- reg : Address range of controller
- interrupts : Interrupt controller is using
- nr-ports : Number of SATA ports in use.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e61113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* Renesas R-Car SATA
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should contain one of the following:
+ - "renesas,sata-r8a7779" for R-Car H1
+ - "renesas,sata-r8a7790" for R-Car H2
+ - "renesas,sata-r8a7791" for R-Car M2
+- reg : address and length of the SATA registers;
+- interrupts : must consist of one interrupt specifier.
+
+Example:
+
+sata: sata@fc600000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,sata-r8a7779";
+ reg = <0xfc600000 0x2000>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupts = <0 100 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd5e239
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+Device Tree Clock bindings for arch-at91
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of the following:
+ "atmel,at91rm9200-pmc" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9g45-pmc" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9n12-pmc" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9x5-pmc" or
+ "atmel,sama5d3-pmc":
+ at91 PMC (Power Management Controller)
+ All at91 specific clocks (clocks defined below) must be child
+ node of the PMC node.
+
+ "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main":
+ at91 main oscillator
+
+ "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-master":
+ at91 master clock
+
+ "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral" or
+ "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-peripheral":
+ at91 peripheral clocks
+
+ "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-pll" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9g20-clk-pllb" or
+ "atmel,sama5d3-clk-pll":
+ at91 pll clocks
+
+ "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv":
+ at91 plla divisor
+
+ "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-programmable" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-programmable":
+ at91 programmable clocks
+
+ "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd":
+ at91 SMD (Soft Modem) clock
+
+ "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system":
+ at91 system clocks
+
+ "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb" or
+ "atmel,at91sam9n12-clk-usb":
+ at91 usb clock
+
+ "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi":
+ at91 utmi clock
+
+Required properties for PMC node:
+- reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the PMC.
+- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
+- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
+- interrupts : shall be set to PMC interrupt line.
+- interrupt-controller : tell that the PMC is an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells : must be set to 1. The first cell encodes the interrupt id,
+ and reflect the bit position in the PMC_ER/DR/SR registers.
+ You can use the dt macros defined in dt-bindings/clk/at91.h.
+ 0 (AT91_PMC_MOSCS) -> main oscillator ready
+ 1 (AT91_PMC_LOCKA) -> PLL A ready
+ 2 (AT91_PMC_LOCKB) -> PLL B ready
+ 3 (AT91_PMC_MCKRDY) -> master clock ready
+ 6 (AT91_PMC_LOCKU) -> UTMI PLL clock ready
+ 8 .. 15 (AT91_PMC_PCKRDY(id)) -> programmable clock ready
+ 16 (AT91_PMC_MOSCSELS) -> main oscillator selected
+ 17 (AT91_PMC_MOSCRCS) -> RC main oscillator stabilized
+ 18 (AT91_PMC_CFDEV) -> clock failure detected
+
+For example:
+ pmc: pmc@fffffc00 {
+ compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-pmc";
+ interrupts = <1 4 7>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+
+ /* put at91 clocks here */
+ };
+
+Required properties for main clock:
+- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node.
+- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks (optional if clock-frequency is provided) : shall be the slow clock
+ phandle. This clock is used to calculate the main clock rate if
+ "clock-frequency" is not provided.
+- clock-frequency : the main oscillator frequency.Prefer the use of
+ "clock-frequency" over automatic clock rate calculation.
+
+For example:
+ main: mainck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main";
+ interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
+ interrupts = <0>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&ck32k>;
+ clock-frequency = <18432000>;
+ };
+
+Required properties for master clock:
+- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node.
+- interrupts : shall be set to "<3>".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : shall be the master clock sources (see atmel datasheet) phandles.
+ e.g. "<&ck32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>".
+- atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency (two u32
+ fields).
+ e.g. output = <0 133000000>; <=> 0 to 133MHz.
+- atmel,clk-divisors : master clock divisors table (four u32 fields).
+ 0 <=> reserved value.
+ e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 6>;
+- atmel,master-clk-have-div3-pres : some SoC use the reserved value 7 in the
+ PRES field as CLOCK_DIV3 (e.g sam9x5).
+
+For example:
+ mck: mck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master";
+ interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
+ interrupts = <3>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>;
+ atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
+ };
+
+Required properties for peripheral clocks:
+- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
+- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
+- clocks : shall be the master clock phandle.
+ e.g. clocks = <&mck>;
+- name: device tree node describing a specific system clock.
+ * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+ * reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full
+ list of peripheral ids.
+ * atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency
+ (two u32 fields). Only valid on at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral
+ compatible IPs.
+
+For example:
+ periph: periphck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral";
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ clocks = <&mck>;
+
+ ssc0_clk {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <2>;
+ atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>;
+ };
+
+ usart0_clk {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <3>;
+ atmel,clk-output-range = <0 66000000>;
+ };
+ };
+
+
+Required properties for pll clocks:
+- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node.
+- interrupts : shall be set to "<1>".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : shall be the main clock phandle.
+- reg : pll id.
+ 0 -> PLL A
+ 1 -> PLL B
+- atmel,clk-input-range : minimum and maximum source clock frequency (two u32
+ fields).
+ e.g. input = <1 32000000>; <=> 1 to 32MHz.
+- #atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells : number of cells reserved for pll output
+ range description. Sould be set to 2, 3
+ or 4.
+ * 1st and 2nd cells represent the frequency range (min-max).
+ * 3rd cell is optional and represents the OUT field value for the given
+ range.
+ * 4th cell is optional and represents the ICPLL field (PLLICPR
+ register)
+- atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges : pll output frequency ranges + optional parameter
+ depending on #atmel,pll-output-range-cells
+ property value.
+
+For example:
+ plla: pllack {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll";
+ interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
+ interrupts = <1>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&main>;
+ reg = <0>;
+ atmel,clk-input-range = <2000000 32000000>;
+ #atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells = <4>;
+ atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges = <74500000 800000000 0 0
+ 69500000 750000000 1 0
+ 64500000 700000000 2 0
+ 59500000 650000000 3 0
+ 54500000 600000000 0 1
+ 49500000 550000000 1 1
+ 44500000 500000000 2 1
+ 40000000 450000000 3 1>;
+ };
+
+Required properties for plldiv clocks (plldiv = pll / 2):
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : shall be the plla clock phandle.
+
+The pll divisor is equal to 2 and cannot be changed.
+
+For example:
+ plladiv: plladivck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv";
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&plla>;
+ };
+
+Required properties for programmable clocks:
+- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node.
+- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
+- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
+- clocks : shall be the programmable clock source phandles.
+ e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>;
+- name: device tree node describing a specific prog clock.
+ * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+ * reg : programmable clock id (register offset from PCKx
+ register).
+ * interrupts : shall be set to "<(8 + id)>".
+
+For example:
+ prog: progck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable";
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
+ clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>;
+
+ prog0 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <0>;
+ interrupts = <8>;
+ };
+
+ prog1 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <1>;
+ interrupts = <9>;
+ };
+ };
+
+
+Required properties for smd clock:
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles.
+ e.g. clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
+
+For example:
+ smd: smdck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd";
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
+ };
+
+Required properties for system clocks:
+- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
+- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
+- name: device tree node describing a specific system clock.
+ * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+ * reg: system clock id (bit position in SCER/SCDR/SCSR registers).
+ See Atmel's datasheet to get a full list of system clock ids.
+
+For example:
+ system: systemck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ ddrck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <2>;
+ clocks = <&mck>;
+ };
+
+ uhpck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <6>;
+ clocks = <&usb>;
+ };
+
+ udpck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <7>;
+ clocks = <&usb>;
+ };
+ };
+
+
+Required properties for usb clock:
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles.
+ e.g. clocks = <&pllb>;
+- atmel,clk-divisors (only available for "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb"):
+ usb clock divisor table.
+ e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
+
+For example:
+ usb: usbck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb";
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
+ };
+
+ usb: usbck {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb";
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&pllb>;
+ atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
+ };
+
+
+Required properties for utmi clock:
+- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node.
+- interrupts : shall be set to "<AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : shall be the main clock source phandle.
+
+For example:
+ utmi: utmick {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi";
+ interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
+ interrupts = <AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&main>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56d1f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+Broadcom Kona Family Clocks
+
+This binding is associated with Broadcom SoCs having "Kona" style
+clock control units (CCUs). A CCU is a clock provider that manages
+a set of clock signals. Each CCU is represented by a node in the
+device tree.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding:
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible
+ Shall have one of the following values:
+ - "brcm,bcm11351-root-ccu"
+ - "brcm,bcm11351-aon-ccu"
+ - "brcm,bcm11351-hub-ccu"
+ - "brcm,bcm11351-master-ccu"
+ - "brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu"
+- reg
+ Shall define the base and range of the address space
+ containing clock control registers
+- #clock-cells
+ Shall have value <1>. The permitted clock-specifier values
+ are defined below.
+- clock-output-names
+ Shall be an ordered list of strings defining the names of
+ the clocks provided by the CCU.
+
+
+BCM281XX family SoCs use Kona CCUs. The following table defines
+the set of CCUs and clock specifiers for BCM281XX clocks. When
+a clock consumer references a clocks, its symbolic specifier
+(rather than its numeric index value) should be used. These
+specifiers are defined in "include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm281xx.h".
+
+ CCU Clock Type Index Specifier
+ --- ----- ---- ----- ---------
+ root frac_1m peri 0 BCM281XX_ROOT_CCU_FRAC_1M
+
+ aon hub_timer peri 0 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_HUB_TIMER
+ aon pmu_bsc peri 1 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_PMU_BSC
+ aon pmu_bsc_var peri 2 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_PMU_BSC_VAR
+
+ hub tmon_1m peri 0 BCM281XX_HUB_CCU_TMON_1M
+
+ master sdio1 peri 0 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO1
+ master sdio2 peri 1 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO2
+ master sdio3 peri 2 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO3
+ master sdio4 peri 3 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO4
+ master dmac peri 4 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_DMAC
+ master usb_ic peri 5 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_USB_IC
+ master hsic2_48m peri 6 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_HSIC_48M
+ master hsic2_12m peri 7 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_HSIC_12M
+
+ slave uartb peri 0 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB
+ slave uartb2 peri 1 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB2
+ slave uartb3 peri 2 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB3
+ slave uartb4 peri 3 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB4
+ slave ssp0 peri 4 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_SSP0
+ slave ssp2 peri 5 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_SSP2
+ slave bsc1 peri 6 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC1
+ slave bsc2 peri 7 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC2
+ slave bsc3 peri 8 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC3
+ slave pwm peri 9 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_PWM
+
+
+Device tree example:
+
+ slave_ccu: slave_ccu {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu";
+ reg = <0x3e011000 0x0f00>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ clock-output-names = "uartb",
+ "uartb2",
+ "uartb3",
+ "uartb4";
+ };
+
+ ref_crystal_clk: ref_crystal {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ clock-frequency = <26000000>;
+ };
+
+ uart@3e002000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-dw-apb-uart", "snps,dw-apb-uart";
+ status = "disabled";
+ reg = <0x3e002000 0x1000>;
+ clocks = <&slave_ccu BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB3>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 65 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ reg-shift = <2>;
+ reg-io-width = <4>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt
index 75e2e19..180e883 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt
@@ -8,12 +8,29 @@
- compatible: should be one of the following:
- "samsung,exynos4210-audss-clock" - controller compatible with all Exynos4 SoCs.
- - "samsung,exynos5250-audss-clock" - controller compatible with all Exynos5 SoCs.
-
+ - "samsung,exynos5250-audss-clock" - controller compatible with Exynos5250
+ SoCs.
+ - "samsung,exynos5420-audss-clock" - controller compatible with Exynos5420
+ SoCs.
- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's register set.
- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+- clocks:
+ - pll_ref: Fixed rate PLL reference clock, parent of mout_audss. "fin_pll"
+ is used if not specified.
+ - pll_in: Input PLL to the AudioSS block, parent of mout_audss. "fout_epll"
+ is used if not specified.
+ - cdclk: External i2s clock, parent of mout_i2s. "cdclk0" is used if not
+ specified.
+ - sclk_audio: Audio bus clock, parent of mout_i2s. "sclk_audio0" is used if
+ not specified.
+ - sclk_pcm_in: PCM clock, parent of sclk_pcm. "sclk_pcm0" is used if not
+ specified.
+
+- clock-names: Aliases for the above clocks. They should be "pll_ref",
+ "pll_in", "cdclk", "sclk_audio", and "sclk_pcm_in" respectively.
+
The following is the list of clocks generated by the controller. Each clock is
assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier to specify the
clock which they consume. Some of the clocks are available only on a particular
@@ -34,8 +51,10 @@
sclk_i2s 7
pcm_bus 8
sclk_pcm 9
+adma 10 Exynos5420
-Example 1: An example of a clock controller node is listed below.
+Example 1: An example of a clock controller node using the default input
+ clock names is listed below.
clock_audss: audss-clock-controller@3810000 {
compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-audss-clock";
@@ -43,7 +62,19 @@
#clock-cells = <1>;
};
-Example 2: I2S controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
+Example 2: An example of a clock controller node with the input clocks
+ specified.
+
+clock_audss: audss-clock-controller@3810000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-audss-clock";
+ reg = <0x03810000 0x0C>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ clocks = <&clock 1>, <&clock 7>, <&clock 138>, <&clock 160>,
+ <&ext_i2s_clk>;
+ clock-names = "pll_ref", "pll_in", "sclk_audio", "sclk_pcm_in", "cdclk";
+};
+
+Example 3: I2S controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
controller. Refer to the standard clock bindings for information
about 'clocks' and 'clock-names' property.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
index eb65d41..7c52c29 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
tree. Those nodes are designated as clock providers. Clock consumer
nodes use a phandle and clock specifier pair to connect clock provider
outputs to clock inputs. Similar to the gpio specifiers, a clock
-specifier is an array of one more more cells identifying the clock
+specifier is an array of zero, one or more cells identifying the clock
output on a device. The length of a clock specifier is defined by the
value of a #clock-cells property in the clock provider node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/corenet-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/corenet-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24711af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/corenet-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+* Clock Block on Freescale CoreNet Platforms
+
+Freescale CoreNet chips take primary clocking input from the external
+SYSCLK signal. The SYSCLK input (frequency) is multiplied using
+multiple phase locked loops (PLL) to create a variety of frequencies
+which can then be passed to a variety of internal logic, including
+cores and peripheral IP blocks.
+Please refer to the Reference Manual for details.
+
+1. Clock Block Binding
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain a specific clock block compatible string
+ and a single chassis clock compatible string.
+ Clock block strings include, but not limited to, one of the:
+ * "fsl,p2041-clockgen"
+ * "fsl,p3041-clockgen"
+ * "fsl,p4080-clockgen"
+ * "fsl,p5020-clockgen"
+ * "fsl,p5040-clockgen"
+ * "fsl,t4240-clockgen"
+ * "fsl,b4420-clockgen"
+ * "fsl,b4860-clockgen"
+ Chassis clock strings include:
+ * "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-1.0": for chassis 1.0 clocks
+ * "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-2.0": for chassis 2.0 clocks
+- reg: Describes the address of the device's resources within the
+ address space defined by its parent bus, and resource zero
+ represents the clock register set
+- clock-frequency: Input system clock frequency
+
+Recommended properties:
+- ranges: Allows valid translation between child's address space and
+ parent's. Must be present if the device has sub-nodes.
+- #address-cells: Specifies the number of cells used to represent
+ physical base addresses. Must be present if the device has
+ sub-nodes and set to 1 if present
+- #size-cells: Specifies the number of cells used to represent
+ the size of an address. Must be present if the device has
+ sub-nodes and set to 1 if present
+
+2. Clock Provider/Consumer Binding
+
+Most of the bindings are from the common clock binding[1].
+ [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should include one of the following:
+ * "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-1.0" for core PLL clocks (v1.0)
+ * "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-2.0" for core PLL clocks (v2.0)
+ * "fsl,qoriq-core-mux-1.0" for core mux clocks (v1.0)
+ * "fsl,qoriq-core-mux-2.0" for core mux clocks (v2.0)
+ * "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-1.0": for input system clock (v1.0).
+ It takes parent's clock-frequency as its clock.
+ * "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-2.0": for input system clock (v2.0).
+ It takes parent's clock-frequency as its clock.
+- #clock-cells: From common clock binding. The number of cells in a
+ clock-specifier. Should be <0> for "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-[1,2].0"
+ clocks, or <1> for "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-[1,2].0" clocks.
+ For "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-[1,2].0" clocks, the single
+ clock-specifier cell may take the following values:
+ * 0 - equal to the PLL frequency
+ * 1 - equal to the PLL frequency divided by 2
+ * 2 - equal to the PLL frequency divided by 4
+
+Recommended properties:
+- clocks: Should be the phandle of input parent clock
+- clock-names: From common clock binding, indicates the clock name
+- clock-output-names: From common clock binding, indicates the names of
+ output clocks
+- reg: Should be the offset and length of clock block base address.
+ The length should be 4.
+
+Example for clock block and clock provider:
+/ {
+ clockgen: global-utilities@e1000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,p5020-clockgen", "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-1.0";
+ ranges = <0x0 0xe1000 0x1000>;
+ clock-frequency = <133333333>;
+ reg = <0xe1000 0x1000>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+
+ sysclk: sysclk {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-1.0";
+ clock-output-names = "sysclk";
+ }
+
+ pll0: pll0@800 {
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ reg = <0x800 0x4>;
+ compatible = "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-1.0";
+ clocks = <&sysclk>;
+ clock-output-names = "pll0", "pll0-div2";
+ };
+
+ pll1: pll1@820 {
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ reg = <0x820 0x4>;
+ compatible = "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-1.0";
+ clocks = <&sysclk>;
+ clock-output-names = "pll1", "pll1-div2";
+ };
+
+ mux0: mux0@0 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <0x0 0x4>;
+ compatible = "fsl,qoriq-core-mux-1.0";
+ clocks = <&pll0 0>, <&pll0 1>, <&pll1 0>, <&pll1 1>;
+ clock-names = "pll0", "pll0-div2", "pll1", "pll1-div2";
+ clock-output-names = "cmux0";
+ };
+
+ mux1: mux1@20 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <0x20 0x4>;
+ compatible = "fsl,qoriq-core-mux-1.0";
+ clocks = <&pll0 0>, <&pll0 1>, <&pll1 0>, <&pll1 1>;
+ clock-names = "pll0", "pll0-div2", "pll1", "pll1-div2";
+ clock-output-names = "cmux1";
+ };
+ };
+ }
+
+Example for clock consumer:
+
+/ {
+ cpu0: PowerPC,e5500@0 {
+ ...
+ clocks = <&mux0>;
+ ...
+ };
+ }
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60bbb1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+Device tree Clock bindings for Renesas EMMA Mobile EV2
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding.
+
+* SMU
+System Management Unit described in user's manual R19UH0037EJ1000_SMU.
+This is not a clock provider, but clocks under SMU depend on it.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "renesas,emev2-smu"
+- reg: Address and Size of SMU registers
+
+* SMU_CLKDIV
+Function block with an input mux and a divider, which corresponds to
+"Serial clock generator" in fig."Clock System Overview" of the manual,
+and "xxx frequency division setting register" (XXXCLKDIV) registers.
+This makes internal (neither input nor output) clock that is provided
+to input of xxxGCLK block.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "renesas,emev2-smu-clkdiv"
+- reg: Byte offset from SMU base and Bit position in the register
+- clocks: Parent clocks. Input clocks as described in clock-bindings.txt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <0>
+
+* SMU_GCLK
+Clock gating node shown as "Clock stop processing block" in the
+fig."Clock System Overview" of the manual.
+Registers are "xxx clock gate control register" (XXXGCLKCTRL).
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "renesas,emev2-smu-gclk"
+- reg: Byte offset from SMU base and Bit position in the register
+- clocks: Input clock as described in clock-bindings.txt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <0>
+
+Example of provider:
+
+usia_u0_sclkdiv: usia_u0_sclkdiv {
+ compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu-clkdiv";
+ reg = <0x610 0>;
+ clocks = <&pll3_fo>, <&pll4_fo>, <&pll1_fo>, <&osc1_fo>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+};
+
+usia_u0_sclk: usia_u0_sclk {
+ compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu-gclk";
+ reg = <0x4a0 1>;
+ clocks = <&usia_u0_sclkdiv>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+};
+
+Example of consumer:
+
+uart@e1020000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,em-uart";
+ reg = <0xe1020000 0x38>;
+ interrupts = <0 8 0>;
+ clocks = <&usia_u0_sclk>;
+ clock-names = "sclk";
+};
+
+Example of clock-tree description:
+
+ This describes a clock path in the clock tree
+ c32ki -> pll3_fo -> usia_u0_sclkdiv -> usia_u0_sclk
+
+smu@e0110000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu";
+ reg = <0xe0110000 0x10000>;
+ #address-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ c32ki: c32ki {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ clock-frequency = <32768>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ };
+ pll3_fo: pll3_fo {
+ compatible = "fixed-factor-clock";
+ clocks = <&c32ki>;
+ clock-div = <1>;
+ clock-mult = <7000>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ };
+ usia_u0_sclkdiv: usia_u0_sclkdiv {
+ compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu-clkdiv";
+ reg = <0x610 0>;
+ clocks = <&pll3_fo>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ };
+ usia_u0_sclk: usia_u0_sclk {
+ compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu-gclk";
+ reg = <0x4a0 1>;
+ clocks = <&usia_u0_sclkdiv>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt
index 46f5c79..72ce617 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt
@@ -62,6 +62,7 @@
div_i2s1 157
div_i2s2 158
sclk_hdmiphy 159
+ div_pcm0 160
[Peripheral Clock Gates]
@@ -159,6 +160,8 @@
mixer 343
hdmi 344
g2d 345
+ mdma0 346
+ smmu_mdma0 347
[Clock Muxes]
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt
index 0b1fe78..48ea0ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
- clock-frequency : frequency of clock in Hz. Should be a single cell.
Optional properties:
+- clock-accuracy : accuracy of clock in ppb (parts per billion).
+ Should be a single cell.
- gpios : From common gpio binding; gpio connection to clock enable pin.
- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
@@ -18,4 +20,5 @@
compatible = "fixed-clock";
#clock-cells = <0>;
clock-frequency = <1000000000>;
+ clock-accuracy = <100>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt
index 5757f9a..1bae8527 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,6 @@
compatible = "fixed-factor-clock";
clocks = <&parentclk>;
#clock-cells = <0>;
- div = <2>;
- mult = <1>;
+ clock-div = <2>;
+ clock-mult = <1>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b71ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+* Hisilicon Hi3620 Clock Controller
+
+The Hi3620 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the Hi3620 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
+ - "hisilicon,hi3620-clock" - controller compatible with Hi3620 SoC.
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.h>.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a703564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX35
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx35-ccm"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX35
+clocks and IDs.
+
+ Clock ID
+ ---------------------------
+ ckih 0
+ mpll 1
+ ppll 2
+ mpll_075 3
+ arm 4
+ hsp 5
+ hsp_div 6
+ hsp_sel 7
+ ahb 8
+ ipg 9
+ arm_per_div 10
+ ahb_per_div 11
+ ipg_per 12
+ uart_sel 13
+ uart_div 14
+ esdhc_sel 15
+ esdhc1_div 16
+ esdhc2_div 17
+ esdhc3_div 18
+ spdif_sel 19
+ spdif_div_pre 20
+ spdif_div_post 21
+ ssi_sel 22
+ ssi1_div_pre 23
+ ssi1_div_post 24
+ ssi2_div_pre 25
+ ssi2_div_post 26
+ usb_sel 27
+ usb_div 28
+ nfc_div 29
+ asrc_gate 30
+ pata_gate 31
+ audmux_gate 32
+ can1_gate 33
+ can2_gate 34
+ cspi1_gate 35
+ cspi2_gate 36
+ ect_gate 37
+ edio_gate 38
+ emi_gate 39
+ epit1_gate 40
+ epit2_gate 41
+ esai_gate 42
+ esdhc1_gate 43
+ esdhc2_gate 44
+ esdhc3_gate 45
+ fec_gate 46
+ gpio1_gate 47
+ gpio2_gate 48
+ gpio3_gate 49
+ gpt_gate 50
+ i2c1_gate 51
+ i2c2_gate 52
+ i2c3_gate 53
+ iomuxc_gate 54
+ ipu_gate 55
+ kpp_gate 56
+ mlb_gate 57
+ mshc_gate 58
+ owire_gate 59
+ pwm_gate 60
+ rngc_gate 61
+ rtc_gate 62
+ rtic_gate 63
+ scc_gate 64
+ sdma_gate 65
+ spba_gate 66
+ spdif_gate 67
+ ssi1_gate 68
+ ssi2_gate 69
+ uart1_gate 70
+ uart2_gate 71
+ uart3_gate 72
+ usbotg_gate 73
+ wdog_gate 74
+ max_gate 75
+ admux_gate 76
+ csi_gate 77
+ csi_div 78
+ csi_sel 79
+ iim_gate 80
+ gpu2d_gate 81
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: ccm@53f80000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx35-ccm";
+ reg = <0x53f80000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <31>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+esdhc1: esdhc@53fb4000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx35-esdhc";
+ reg = <0x53fb4000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <7>;
+ clocks = <&clks 9>, <&clks 8>, <&clks 43>;
+ clock-names = "ipg", "ahb", "per";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt
index 4c029a8..cadc4d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt
@@ -7,197 +7,8 @@
- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
-ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX5
-clocks and IDs.
-
- Clock ID
- ---------------------------
- dummy 0
- ckil 1
- osc 2
- ckih1 3
- ckih2 4
- ahb 5
- ipg 6
- axi_a 7
- axi_b 8
- uart_pred 9
- uart_root 10
- esdhc_a_pred 11
- esdhc_b_pred 12
- esdhc_c_s 13
- esdhc_d_s 14
- emi_sel 15
- emi_slow_podf 16
- nfc_podf 17
- ecspi_pred 18
- ecspi_podf 19
- usboh3_pred 20
- usboh3_podf 21
- usb_phy_pred 22
- usb_phy_podf 23
- cpu_podf 24
- di_pred 25
- tve_s 27
- uart1_ipg_gate 28
- uart1_per_gate 29
- uart2_ipg_gate 30
- uart2_per_gate 31
- uart3_ipg_gate 32
- uart3_per_gate 33
- i2c1_gate 34
- i2c2_gate 35
- gpt_ipg_gate 36
- pwm1_ipg_gate 37
- pwm1_hf_gate 38
- pwm2_ipg_gate 39
- pwm2_hf_gate 40
- gpt_hf_gate 41
- fec_gate 42
- usboh3_per_gate 43
- esdhc1_ipg_gate 44
- esdhc2_ipg_gate 45
- esdhc3_ipg_gate 46
- esdhc4_ipg_gate 47
- ssi1_ipg_gate 48
- ssi2_ipg_gate 49
- ssi3_ipg_gate 50
- ecspi1_ipg_gate 51
- ecspi1_per_gate 52
- ecspi2_ipg_gate 53
- ecspi2_per_gate 54
- cspi_ipg_gate 55
- sdma_gate 56
- emi_slow_gate 57
- ipu_s 58
- ipu_gate 59
- nfc_gate 60
- ipu_di1_gate 61
- vpu_s 62
- vpu_gate 63
- vpu_reference_gate 64
- uart4_ipg_gate 65
- uart4_per_gate 66
- uart5_ipg_gate 67
- uart5_per_gate 68
- tve_gate 69
- tve_pred 70
- esdhc1_per_gate 71
- esdhc2_per_gate 72
- esdhc3_per_gate 73
- esdhc4_per_gate 74
- usb_phy_gate 75
- hsi2c_gate 76
- mipi_hsc1_gate 77
- mipi_hsc2_gate 78
- mipi_esc_gate 79
- mipi_hsp_gate 80
- ldb_di1_div_3_5 81
- ldb_di1_div 82
- ldb_di0_div_3_5 83
- ldb_di0_div 84
- ldb_di1_gate 85
- can2_serial_gate 86
- can2_ipg_gate 87
- i2c3_gate 88
- lp_apm 89
- periph_apm 90
- main_bus 91
- ahb_max 92
- aips_tz1 93
- aips_tz2 94
- tmax1 95
- tmax2 96
- tmax3 97
- spba 98
- uart_sel 99
- esdhc_a_sel 100
- esdhc_b_sel 101
- esdhc_a_podf 102
- esdhc_b_podf 103
- ecspi_sel 104
- usboh3_sel 105
- usb_phy_sel 106
- iim_gate 107
- usboh3_gate 108
- emi_fast_gate 109
- ipu_di0_gate 110
- gpc_dvfs 111
- pll1_sw 112
- pll2_sw 113
- pll3_sw 114
- ipu_di0_sel 115
- ipu_di1_sel 116
- tve_ext_sel 117
- mx51_mipi 118
- pll4_sw 119
- ldb_di1_sel 120
- di_pll4_podf 121
- ldb_di0_sel 122
- ldb_di0_gate 123
- usb_phy1_gate 124
- usb_phy2_gate 125
- per_lp_apm 126
- per_pred1 127
- per_pred2 128
- per_podf 129
- per_root 130
- ssi_apm 131
- ssi1_root_sel 132
- ssi2_root_sel 133
- ssi3_root_sel 134
- ssi_ext1_sel 135
- ssi_ext2_sel 136
- ssi_ext1_com_sel 137
- ssi_ext2_com_sel 138
- ssi1_root_pred 139
- ssi1_root_podf 140
- ssi2_root_pred 141
- ssi2_root_podf 142
- ssi_ext1_pred 143
- ssi_ext1_podf 144
- ssi_ext2_pred 145
- ssi_ext2_podf 146
- ssi1_root_gate 147
- ssi2_root_gate 148
- ssi3_root_gate 149
- ssi_ext1_gate 150
- ssi_ext2_gate 151
- epit1_ipg_gate 152
- epit1_hf_gate 153
- epit2_ipg_gate 154
- epit2_hf_gate 155
- can_sel 156
- can1_serial_gate 157
- can1_ipg_gate 158
- owire_gate 159
- gpu3d_s 160
- gpu2d_s 161
- gpu3d_gate 162
- gpu2d_gate 163
- garb_gate 164
- cko1_sel 165
- cko1_podf 166
- cko1 167
- cko2_sel 168
- cko2_podf 169
- cko2 170
- srtc_gate 171
- pata_gate 172
- sata_gate 173
- spdif_xtal_sel 174
- spdif0_sel 175
- spdif1_sel 176
- spdif0_pred 177
- spdif0_podf 178
- spdif1_pred 179
- spdif1_podf 180
- spdif0_com_sel 181
- spdif1_com_sel 182
- spdif0_gate 183
- spdif1_gate 184
- spdif_ipg_gate 185
- ocram 186
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx5-clock.h
+for the full list of i.MX5 clock IDs.
Examples (for mx53):
@@ -212,7 +23,7 @@
compatible = "fsl,imx53-flexcan", "fsl,p1010-flexcan";
reg = <0x53fc8000 0x4000>;
interrupts = <82>;
- clocks = <&clks 158>, <&clks 157>;
+ clocks = <&clks IMX5_CLK_CAN1_IPG_GATE>, <&clks IMX5_CLK_CAN1_SERIAL_GATE>;
clock-names = "ipg", "per";
status = "disabled";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt
index 12bd726..225990f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt
@@ -17,13 +17,14 @@
- reg - pll control0 and pll multipler registers
- reg-names : control and multiplier. The multiplier is applicable only for
main pll clock
-- fixed-postdiv : fixed post divider value
+- fixed-postdiv : fixed post divider value. If absent, use clkod register bits
+ for postdiv
Example:
mainpllclk: mainpllclk@2310110 {
#clock-cells = <0>;
compatible = "ti,keystone,main-pll-clock";
- clocks = <&refclkmain>;
+ clocks = <&refclksys>;
reg = <0x02620350 4>, <0x02310110 4>;
reg-names = "control", "multiplier";
fixed-postdiv = <2>;
@@ -32,11 +33,10 @@
papllclk: papllclk@2620358 {
#clock-cells = <0>;
compatible = "ti,keystone,pll-clock";
- clocks = <&refclkmain>;
+ clocks = <&refclkpass>;
clock-output-names = "pa-pll-clk";
reg = <0x02620358 4>;
reg-names = "control";
- fixed-postdiv = <6>;
};
Required properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77686.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77686.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96ce71b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77686.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Binding for Maxim MAX77686 32k clock generator block
+
+This is a part of device tree bindings of MAX77686 multi-function device.
+More information can be found in bindings/mfd/max77686.txt file.
+
+The MAX77686 contains three 32.768khz clock outputs that can be controlled
+(gated/ungated) over I2C.
+
+Following properties should be presend in main device node of the MFD chip.
+
+Required properties:
+- #clock-cells: simple one-cell clock specifier format is used, where the
+ only cell is used as an index of the clock inside the provider. Following
+ indices are allowed:
+ - 0: 32khz_ap clock,
+ - 1: 32khz_cp clock,
+ - 2: 32khz_pmic clock.
+
+Example: Node of the MFD chip
+
+ max77686: max77686@09 {
+ compatible = "maxim,max77686";
+ interrupt-parent = <&wakeup_eint>;
+ interrupts = <26 0>;
+ reg = <0x09>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+
+ /* ... */
+ };
+
+Example: Clock consumer node
+
+ foo@0 {
+ compatible = "bar,foo";
+ /* ... */
+ clock-names = "my-clock";
+ clocks = <&max77686 2>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt
index 0c80c26..9acea9d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@
In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the
CAR. The assignments may be found in header file
<dt-bindings/clock/tegra114-car.h>.
+- #reset-cells : Should be 1.
+ In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's
+ array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers.
Example SoC include file:
@@ -23,6 +26,7 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-car";
reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>;
#clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
};
usb@c5004000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ded5d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra124 Clock And Reset Controller
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+The CAR (Clock And Reset) Controller on Tegra is the HW module responsible
+for muxing and gating Tegra's clocks, and setting their rates.
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra124-car"
+- reg : Should contain CAR registers location and length
+- clocks : Should contain phandle and clock specifiers for two clocks:
+ the 32 KHz "32k_in", and the board-specific oscillator "osc".
+- #clock-cells : Should be 1.
+ In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the
+ CAR. The assignments may be found in header file
+ <dt-bindings/clock/tegra124-car.h>.
+- #reset-cells : Should be 1.
+ In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's
+ array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers.
+
+Example SoC include file:
+
+/ {
+ tegra_car: clock {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-car";
+ reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ usb@c5004000 {
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_USB2>;
+ };
+};
+
+Example board file:
+
+/ {
+ clocks {
+ compatible = "simple-bus";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ osc: clock@0 {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ reg = <0>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-frequency = <112400000>;
+ };
+
+ clk_32k: clock@1 {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ reg = <1>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-frequency = <32768>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ &tegra_car {
+ clocks = <&clk_32k> <&osc>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt
index fcfed5b..6c5901b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@
In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the
CAR. The assignments may be found in header file
<dt-bindings/clock/tegra20-car.h>.
+- #reset-cells : Should be 1.
+ In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's
+ array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers.
Example SoC include file:
@@ -23,6 +26,7 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-car";
reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>;
#clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
};
usb@c5004000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt
index 0f71408..63618cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@
In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the
CAR. The assignments may be found in header file
<dt-bindings/clock/tegra30-car.h>.
+- #reset-cells : Should be 1.
+ In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's
+ array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers.
Example SoC include file:
@@ -23,6 +26,7 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-car";
reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>;
#clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
};
usb@c5004000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..767401f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller Binding
+------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : shall contain only one of the following:
+
+ "qcom,gcc-msm8660"
+ "qcom,gcc-msm8960"
+ "qcom,gcc-msm8974"
+
+- reg : shall contain base register location and length
+- #clock-cells : shall contain 1
+- #reset-cells : shall contain 1
+
+Example:
+ clock-controller@900000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,gcc-msm8960";
+ reg = <0x900000 0x4000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d572e99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Qualcomm Multimedia Clock & Reset Controller Binding
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : shall contain only one of the following:
+
+ "qcom,mmcc-msm8660"
+ "qcom,mmcc-msm8960"
+ "qcom,mmcc-msm8974"
+
+- reg : shall contain base register location and length
+- #clock-cells : shall contain 1
+- #reset-cells : shall contain 1
+
+Example:
+ clock-controller@4000000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,mmcc-msm8960";
+ reg = <0x4000000 0x1000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..952e373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* Renesas CPG DIV6 Clock
+
+The CPG DIV6 clocks are variable factor clocks provided by the Clock Pulse
+Generator (CPG). They clock input is divided by a configurable factor from 1
+to 64.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+ - compatible: Must be one of the following
+ - "renesas,r8a7790-div6-clock" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) DIV6 clocks
+ - "renesas,r8a7791-div6-clock" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) DIV6 clocks
+ - "renesas,cpg-div6-clock" for generic DIV6 clocks
+ - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the DIV6 clock
+ - clocks: Reference to the parent clock
+ - #clock-cells: Must be 0
+ - clock-output-names: The name of the clock as a free-form string
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+ sd2_clk: sd2_clk@e6150078 {
+ compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-div6-clock", "renesas,cpg-div6-clock";
+ reg = <0 0xe6150078 0 4>;
+ clocks = <&pll1_div2_clk>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-output-names = "sd2";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5992dce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+* Renesas CPG Module Stop (MSTP) Clocks
+
+The CPG can gate SoC device clocks. The gates are organized in groups of up to
+32 gates.
+
+This device tree binding describes a single 32 gate clocks group per node.
+Clocks are referenced by user nodes by the MSTP node phandle and the clock
+index in the group, from 0 to 31.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+ - compatible: Must be one of the following
+ - "renesas,r8a7790-mstp-clocks" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MSTP gate clocks
+ - "renesas,r8a7791-mstp-clocks" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) MSTP gate clocks
+ - "renesas,cpg-mstp-clock" for generic MSTP gate clocks
+ - reg: Base address and length of the I/O mapped registers used by the MSTP
+ clocks. The first register is the clock control register and is mandatory.
+ The second register is the clock status register and is optional when not
+ implemented in hardware.
+ - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks, one per output clock. The parents
+ must appear in the same order as the output clocks.
+ - #clock-cells: Must be 1
+ - clock-output-names: The name of the clocks as free-form strings
+ - renesas,clock-indices: Indices of the gate clocks into the group (0 to 31)
+
+The clocks, clock-output-names and renesas,clock-indices properties contain one
+entry per gate clock. The MSTP groups are sparsely populated. Unimplemented
+gate clocks must not be declared.
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+ #include <dt-bindings/clock/r8a7790-clock.h>
+
+ mstp3_clks: mstp3_clks@e615013c {
+ compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-mstp-clocks", "renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks";
+ reg = <0 0xe615013c 0 4>, <0 0xe6150048 0 4>;
+ clocks = <&cp_clk>, <&mmc1_clk>, <&sd3_clk>, <&sd2_clk>,
+ <&cpg_clocks R8A7790_CLK_SD1>, <&cpg_clocks R8A7790_CLK_SD0>,
+ <&mmc0_clk>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ clock-output-names =
+ "tpu0", "mmcif1", "sdhi3", "sdhi2",
+ "sdhi1", "sdhi0", "mmcif0";
+ renesas,clock-indices = <
+ R8A7790_CLK_TPU0 R8A7790_CLK_MMCIF1 R8A7790_CLK_SDHI3
+ R8A7790_CLK_SDHI2 R8A7790_CLK_SDHI1 R8A7790_CLK_SDHI0
+ R8A7790_CLK_MMCIF0
+ >;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b41c2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+* Renesas R-Car Gen2 Clock Pulse Generator (CPG)
+
+The CPG generates core clocks for the R-Car Gen2 SoCs. It includes three PLLs
+and several fixed ratio dividers.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+ - compatible: Must be one of
+ - "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7790 CPG
+ - "renesas,r8a7791-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7791 CPG
+ - "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks" for the generic R-Car Gen2 CPG
+
+ - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG
+
+ - clocks: Reference to the parent clock
+ - #clock-cells: Must be 1
+ - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are "main",
+ "pll0", "pll1", "pll3", "lb", "qspi", "sdh", "sd0", "sd1" and "z"
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+ cpg_clocks: cpg_clocks@e6150000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-clocks",
+ "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks";
+ reg = <0 0xe6150000 0 0x1000>;
+ clocks = <&extal_clk>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ clock-output-names = "main", "pll0, "pll1", "pll3",
+ "lb", "qspi", "sdh", "sd0", "sd1", "z";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c09f21e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+Binding for Silicon Labs 570, 571, 598 and 599 programmable
+I2C clock generators.
+
+Reference
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. Details about the devices can be
+found in the data sheets[2][3].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Si570/571 Data Sheet
+ http://www.silabs.com/Support%20Documents/TechnicalDocs/si570.pdf
+[3] Si598/599 Data Sheet
+ http://www.silabs.com/Support%20Documents/TechnicalDocs/si598-99.pdf
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Shall be one of "silabs,si570", "silabs,si571",
+ "silabs,si598", "silabs,si599"
+ - reg: I2C device address.
+ - #clock-cells: From common clock bindings: Shall be 0.
+ - factory-fout: Factory set default frequency. This frequency is part specific.
+ The correct frequency for the part used has to be provided in
+ order to generate the correct output frequencies. For more
+ details, please refer to the data sheet.
+ - temperature-stability: Temperature stability of the device in PPM. Should be
+ one of: 7, 20, 50 or 100.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - clock-output-names: From common clock bindings. Recommended to be "si570".
+ - clock-frequency: Output frequency to generate. This defines the output
+ frequency set during boot. It can be reprogrammed during
+ runtime through the common clock framework.
+
+Example:
+ si570: clock-generator@5d {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "silabs,si570";
+ temperature-stability = <50>;
+ reg = <0x5d>;
+ factory-fout = <156250000>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
index 91a748f..c2cb762 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
@@ -7,8 +7,10 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : shall be one of the following:
"allwinner,sun4i-osc-clk" - for a gatable oscillator
- "allwinner,sun4i-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock
+ "allwinner,sun4i-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock and PLL4
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A31
+ "allwinner,sun4i-pll5-clk" - for the PLL5 clock
+ "allwinner,sun4i-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock
"allwinner,sun4i-cpu-clk" - for the CPU multiplexer clock
"allwinner,sun4i-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock
"allwinner,sun4i-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates
@@ -33,10 +35,14 @@
"allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A20
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-div-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31
+ "allwinner,sun4i-mod0-clk" - for the module 0 family of clocks
+ "allwinner,sun7i-a20-out-clk" - for the external output clocks
Required properties for all clocks:
- reg : shall be the control register address for the clock.
-- clocks : shall be the input parent clock(s) phandle for the clock
+- clocks : shall be the input parent clock(s) phandle for the clock. For
+ multiplexed clocks, the list order must match the hardware
+ programming order.
- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0 except for
"allwinner,*-gates-clk" where it shall be set to 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/apll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/apll.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7faf5a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/apll.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Binding for Texas Instruments APLL clock.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a
+register-mapped APLL with usually two selectable input clocks
+(reference clock and bypass clock), with analog phase locked
+loop logic for multiplying the input clock to a desired output
+clock. This clock also typically supports different operation
+modes (locked, low power stop etc.) APLL mostly behaves like
+a subtype of a DPLL [2], although a simplified one at that.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "ti,dra7-apll-clock"
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : link phandles of parent clocks (clk-ref and clk-bypass)
+- reg : address and length of the register set for controlling the APLL.
+ It contains the information of registers in the following order:
+ "control" - contains the control register base address
+ "idlest" - contains the idlest register base address
+
+Examples:
+ apll_pcie_ck: apll_pcie_ck@4a008200 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&apll_pcie_in_clk_mux>, <&dpll_pcie_ref_ck>;
+ reg = <0x4a00821c 0x4>, <0x4a008220 0x4>;
+ compatible = "ti,dra7-apll-clock";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c735dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+Binding for Texas Instruments autoidle clock.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a register mapped
+clock which can be put to idle automatically by hardware based on the usage
+and a configuration bit setting. Autoidle clock is never an individual
+clock, it is always a derivative of some basic clock like a gate, divider,
+or fixed-factor.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- reg : offset for the register controlling the autoidle
+- ti,autoidle-shift : bit shift of the autoidle enable bit
+- ti,invert-autoidle-bit : autoidle is enabled by setting the bit to 0
+
+Examples:
+ dpll_core_m4_ck: dpll_core_m4_ck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,divider-clock";
+ clocks = <&dpll_core_x2_ck>;
+ ti,max-div = <31>;
+ ti,autoidle-shift = <8>;
+ reg = <0x2d38>;
+ ti,index-starts-at-one;
+ ti,invert-autoidle-bit;
+ };
+
+ dpll_usb_clkdcoldo_ck: dpll_usb_clkdcoldo_ck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,fixed-factor-clock";
+ clocks = <&dpll_usb_ck>;
+ ti,clock-div = <1>;
+ ti,autoidle-shift = <8>;
+ reg = <0x01b4>;
+ ti,clock-mult = <1>;
+ ti,invert-autoidle-bit;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb76b3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Binding for Texas Instruments clockdomain.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1] in consumer role.
+Every clock on TI SoC belongs to one clockdomain, but software
+only needs this information for specific clocks which require
+their parent clockdomain to be controlled when the clock is
+enabled/disabled. This binding doesn't define a new clock
+binding type, it is used to group existing clock nodes under
+hardware hierarchy.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "ti,clockdomain"
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : link phandles of clocks within this domain
+
+Examples:
+ dss_clkdm: dss_clkdm {
+ compatible = "ti,clockdomain";
+ clocks = <&dss1_alwon_fck_3430es2>, <&dss_ick_3430es2>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/composite.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/composite.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f43c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/composite.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+Binding for TI composite clock.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a
+register-mapped composite clock with multiple different sub-types;
+
+a multiplexer clock with multiple input clock signals or parents, one
+of which can be selected as output, this behaves exactly as [2]
+
+an adjustable clock rate divider, this behaves exactly as [3]
+
+a gating function which can be used to enable and disable the output
+clock, this behaves exactly as [4]
+
+The binding must provide a list of the component clocks that shall be
+merged to this clock. The component clocks shall be of one of the
+"ti,*composite*-clock" types.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt
+[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt
+[4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be: "ti,composite-clock"
+- clocks : link phandles of component clocks
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+
+Examples:
+
+usb_l4_gate_ick: usb_l4_gate_ick {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,composite-interface-clock";
+ clocks = <&l4_ick>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <5>;
+ reg = <0x0a10>;
+};
+
+usb_l4_div_ick: usb_l4_div_ick {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,composite-divider-clock";
+ clocks = <&l4_ick>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <4>;
+ ti,max-div = <1>;
+ reg = <0x0a40>;
+ ti,index-starts-at-one;
+};
+
+usb_l4_ick: usb_l4_ick {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,composite-clock";
+ clocks = <&usb_l4_gate_ick>, <&usb_l4_div_ick>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35a6f5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+Binding for TI divider clock
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a
+register-mapped adjustable clock rate divider that does not gate and has
+only one input clock or parent. By default the value programmed into
+the register is one less than the actual divisor value. E.g:
+
+register value actual divisor value
+0 1
+1 2
+2 3
+
+This assumption may be modified by the following optional properties:
+
+ti,index-starts-at-one - valid divisor values start at 1, not the default
+of 0. E.g:
+register value actual divisor value
+1 1
+2 2
+3 3
+
+ti,index-power-of-two - valid divisor values are powers of two. E.g:
+register value actual divisor value
+0 1
+1 2
+2 4
+
+Additionally an array of valid dividers may be supplied like so:
+
+ ti,dividers = <4>, <8>, <0>, <16>;
+
+Which will map the resulting values to a divisor table by their index:
+register value actual divisor value
+0 4
+1 8
+2 <invalid divisor, skipped>
+3 16
+
+Any zero value in this array means the corresponding bit-value is invalid
+and must not be used.
+
+The binding must also provide the register to control the divider and
+unless the divider array is provided, min and max dividers. Optionally
+the number of bits to shift that mask, if necessary. If the shift value
+is missing it is the same as supplying a zero shift.
+
+This binding can also optionally provide support to the hardware autoidle
+feature, see [2].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "ti,divider-clock" or "ti,composite-divider-clock".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : link to phandle of parent clock
+- reg : offset for register controlling adjustable divider
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : from common clock binding.
+- ti,dividers : array of integers defining divisors
+- ti,bit-shift : number of bits to shift the divider value, defaults to 0
+- ti,min-div : min divisor for dividing the input clock rate, only
+ needed if the first divisor is offset from the default value (1)
+- ti,max-div : max divisor for dividing the input clock rate, only needed
+ if ti,dividers is not defined.
+- ti,index-starts-at-one : valid divisor programming starts at 1, not zero,
+ only valid if ti,dividers is not defined.
+- ti,index-power-of-two : valid divisor programming must be a power of two,
+ only valid if ti,dividers is not defined.
+- ti,autoidle-shift : bit shift of the autoidle enable bit for the clock,
+ see [2]
+- ti,invert-autoidle-bit : autoidle is enabled by setting the bit to 0,
+ see [2]
+- ti,set-rate-parent : clk_set_rate is propagated to parent
+
+Examples:
+dpll_usb_m2_ck: dpll_usb_m2_ck@4a008190 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,divider-clock";
+ clocks = <&dpll_usb_ck>;
+ ti,max-div = <127>;
+ reg = <0x190>;
+ ti,index-starts-at-one;
+};
+
+aess_fclk: aess_fclk@4a004528 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,divider-clock";
+ clocks = <&abe_clk>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <24>;
+ reg = <0x528>;
+ ti,max-div = <2>;
+};
+
+dpll_core_m3x2_div_ck: dpll_core_m3x2_div_ck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,composite-divider-clock";
+ clocks = <&dpll_core_x2_ck>;
+ ti,max-div = <31>;
+ reg = <0x0134>;
+ ti,index-starts-at-one;
+};
+
+ssi_ssr_div_fck_3430es2: ssi_ssr_div_fck_3430es2 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,composite-divider-clock";
+ clocks = <&corex2_fck>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <8>;
+ reg = <0x0a40>;
+ ti,dividers = <0>, <1>, <2>, <3>, <4>, <0>, <6>, <0>, <8>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30bfdb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+Binding for Texas Instruments DPLL clock.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a
+register-mapped DPLL with usually two selectable input clocks
+(reference clock and bypass clock), with digital phase locked
+loop logic for multiplying the input clock to a desired output
+clock. This clock also typically supports different operation
+modes (locked, low power stop etc.) This binding has several
+sub-types, which effectively result in slightly different setup
+for the actual DPLL clock.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of:
+ "ti,omap3-dpll-clock",
+ "ti,omap3-dpll-core-clock",
+ "ti,omap3-dpll-per-clock",
+ "ti,omap3-dpll-per-j-type-clock",
+ "ti,omap4-dpll-clock",
+ "ti,omap4-dpll-x2-clock",
+ "ti,omap4-dpll-core-clock",
+ "ti,omap4-dpll-m4xen-clock",
+ "ti,omap4-dpll-j-type-clock",
+ "ti,am3-dpll-no-gate-clock",
+ "ti,am3-dpll-j-type-clock",
+ "ti,am3-dpll-no-gate-j-type-clock",
+ "ti,am3-dpll-clock",
+ "ti,am3-dpll-core-clock",
+ "ti,am3-dpll-x2-clock",
+
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : link phandles of parent clocks, first entry lists reference clock
+ and second entry bypass clock
+- reg : offsets for the register set for controlling the DPLL.
+ Registers are listed in following order:
+ "control" - contains the control register base address
+ "idlest" - contains the idle status register base address
+ "mult-div1" - contains the multiplier / divider register base address
+ "autoidle" - contains the autoidle register base address (optional)
+ ti,am3-* dpll types do not have autoidle register
+
+Optional properties:
+- DPLL mode setting - defining any one or more of the following overrides
+ default setting.
+ - ti,low-power-stop : DPLL supports low power stop mode, gating output
+ - ti,low-power-bypass : DPLL output matches rate of parent bypass clock
+ - ti,lock : DPLL locks in programmed rate
+
+Examples:
+ dpll_core_ck: dpll_core_ck@44e00490 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,omap4-dpll-core-clock";
+ clocks = <&sys_clkin_ck>, <&sys_clkin_ck>;
+ reg = <0x490>, <0x45c>, <0x488>, <0x468>;
+ };
+
+ dpll2_ck: dpll2_ck@48004004 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,omap3-dpll-clock";
+ clocks = <&sys_ck>, <&dpll2_fck>;
+ ti,low-power-stop;
+ ti,low-power-bypass;
+ ti,lock;
+ reg = <0x4>, <0x24>, <0x34>, <0x40>;
+ };
+
+ dpll_core_ck: dpll_core_ck@44e00490 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,am3-dpll-core-clock";
+ clocks = <&sys_clkin_ck>, <&sys_clkin_ck>;
+ reg = <0x90>, <0x5c>, <0x68>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fixed-factor-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fixed-factor-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..662b36d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fixed-factor-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Binding for TI fixed factor rate clock sources.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1], and also uses the autoidle
+support from TI autoidle clock [2].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "ti,fixed-factor-clock".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- ti,clock-div: fixed divider.
+- ti,clock-mult: fixed multiplier.
+- clocks: parent clock.
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,autoidle-shift: bit shift of the autoidle enable bit for the clock,
+ see [2]
+- reg: offset for the autoidle register of this clock, see [2]
+- ti,invert-autoidle-bit: autoidle is enabled by setting the bit to 0, see [2]
+- ti,set-rate-parent: clk_set_rate is propagated to parent
+
+Example:
+ clock {
+ compatible = "ti,fixed-factor-clock";
+ clocks = <&parentclk>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ ti,clock-div = <2>;
+ ti,clock-mult = <1>;
+ };
+
+ dpll_usb_clkdcoldo_ck: dpll_usb_clkdcoldo_ck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,fixed-factor-clock";
+ clocks = <&dpll_usb_ck>;
+ ti,clock-div = <1>;
+ ti,autoidle-shift = <8>;
+ reg = <0x01b4>;
+ ti,clock-mult = <1>;
+ ti,invert-autoidle-bit;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..125281a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+Binding for Texas Instruments gate clock.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. This clock is
+quite much similar to the basic gate-clock [2], however,
+it supports a number of additional features. If no register
+is provided for this clock, the code assumes that a clockdomain
+will be controlled instead and the corresponding hw-ops for
+that is used.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/gate-clock.txt
+[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of:
+ "ti,gate-clock" - basic gate clock
+ "ti,wait-gate-clock" - gate clock which waits until clock is active before
+ returning from clk_enable()
+ "ti,dss-gate-clock" - gate clock with DSS specific hardware handling
+ "ti,am35xx-gate-clock" - gate clock with AM35xx specific hardware handling
+ "ti,clkdm-gate-clock" - clockdomain gate clock, which derives its functional
+ clock directly from a clockdomain, see [3] how
+ to map clockdomains properly
+ "ti,hsdiv-gate-clock" - gate clock with OMAP36xx specific hardware handling,
+ required for a hardware errata
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0
+- clocks : link to phandle of parent clock
+- reg : offset for register controlling adjustable gate, not needed for
+ ti,clkdm-gate-clock type
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,bit-shift : bit shift for programming the clock gate, invalid for
+ ti,clkdm-gate-clock type
+- ti,set-bit-to-disable : inverts default gate programming. Setting the bit
+ gates the clock and clearing the bit ungates the clock.
+
+Examples:
+ mmchs2_fck: mmchs2_fck@48004a00 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,gate-clock";
+ clocks = <&core_96m_fck>;
+ reg = <0x48004a00 0x4>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <25>;
+ };
+
+ uart4_fck_am35xx: uart4_fck_am35xx {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,wait-gate-clock";
+ clocks = <&core_48m_fck>;
+ reg = <0x0a00>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <23>;
+ };
+
+ dss1_alwon_fck_3430es2: dss1_alwon_fck_3430es2@48004e00 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,dss-gate-clock";
+ clocks = <&dpll4_m4x2_ck>;
+ reg = <0x48004e00 0x4>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <0>;
+ };
+
+ emac_ick: emac_ick@4800259c {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,am35xx-gate-clock";
+ clocks = <&ipss_ick>;
+ reg = <0x4800259c 0x4>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <1>;
+ };
+
+ emu_src_ck: emu_src_ck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,clkdm-gate-clock";
+ clocks = <&emu_src_mux_ck>;
+ };
+
+ dpll4_m2x2_ck: dpll4_m2x2_ck@48004d00 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,hsdiv-gate-clock";
+ clocks = <&dpll4_m2x2_mul_ck>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <0x1b>;
+ reg = <0x48004d00 0x4>;
+ ti,set-bit-to-disable;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/interface.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/interface.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..064e8ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/interface.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+Binding for Texas Instruments interface clock.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. This clock is
+quite much similar to the basic gate-clock [2], however,
+it supports a number of additional features, including
+companion clock finding (match corresponding functional gate
+clock) and hardware autoidle enable / disable.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/gate-clock.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of:
+ "ti,omap3-interface-clock" - basic OMAP3 interface clock
+ "ti,omap3-no-wait-interface-clock" - interface clock which has no hardware
+ capability for waiting clock to be ready
+ "ti,omap3-hsotgusb-interface-clock" - interface clock with USB specific HW
+ handling
+ "ti,omap3-dss-interface-clock" - interface clock with DSS specific HW handling
+ "ti,omap3-ssi-interface-clock" - interface clock with SSI specific HW handling
+ "ti,am35xx-interface-clock" - interface clock with AM35xx specific HW handling
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0
+- clocks : link to phandle of parent clock
+- reg : base address for the control register
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,bit-shift : bit shift for the bit enabling/disabling the clock (default 0)
+
+Examples:
+ aes1_ick: aes1_ick@48004a14 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,omap3-interface-clock";
+ clocks = <&security_l4_ick2>;
+ reg = <0x48004a14 0x4>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <3>;
+ };
+
+ cam_ick: cam_ick@48004f10 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,omap3-no-wait-interface-clock";
+ clocks = <&l4_ick>;
+ reg = <0x48004f10 0x4>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <0>;
+ };
+
+ ssi_ick_3430es2: ssi_ick_3430es2@48004a10 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,omap3-ssi-interface-clock";
+ clocks = <&ssi_l4_ick>;
+ reg = <0x48004a10 0x4>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d0d170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+Binding for TI mux clock.
+
+Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a
+register-mapped multiplexer with multiple input clock signals or
+parents, one of which can be selected as output. This clock does not
+gate or adjust the parent rate via a divider or multiplier.
+
+By default the "clocks" property lists the parents in the same order
+as they are programmed into the regster. E.g:
+
+ clocks = <&foo_clock>, <&bar_clock>, <&baz_clock>;
+
+results in programming the register as follows:
+
+register value selected parent clock
+0 foo_clock
+1 bar_clock
+2 baz_clock
+
+Some clock controller IPs do not allow a value of zero to be programmed
+into the register, instead indexing begins at 1. The optional property
+"index-starts-at-one" modified the scheme as follows:
+
+register value selected clock parent
+1 foo_clock
+2 bar_clock
+3 baz_clock
+
+The binding must provide the register to control the mux. Optionally
+the number of bits to shift the control field in the register can be
+supplied. If the shift value is missing it is the same as supplying
+a zero shift.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "ti,mux-clock" or "ti,composite-mux-clock".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : link phandles of parent clocks
+- reg : register offset for register controlling adjustable mux
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,bit-shift : number of bits to shift the bit-mask, defaults to
+ 0 if not present
+- ti,index-starts-at-one : valid input select programming starts at 1, not
+ zero
+- ti,set-rate-parent : clk_set_rate is propagated to parent clock,
+ not supported by the composite-mux-clock subtype
+
+Examples:
+
+sys_clkin_ck: sys_clkin_ck@4a306110 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,mux-clock";
+ clocks = <&virt_12000000_ck>, <&virt_13000000_ck>, <&virt_16800000_ck>, <&virt_19200000_ck>, <&virt_26000000_ck>, <&virt_27000000_ck>, <&virt_38400000_ck>;
+ reg = <0x0110>;
+ ti,index-starts-at-one;
+};
+
+abe_dpll_bypass_clk_mux_ck: abe_dpll_bypass_clk_mux_ck@4a306108 {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,mux-clock";
+ clocks = <&sys_clkin_ck>, <&sys_32k_ck>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <24>;
+ reg = <0x0108>;
+};
+
+mcbsp5_mux_fck: mcbsp5_mux_fck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "ti,composite-mux-clock";
+ clocks = <&core_96m_fck>, <&mcbsp_clks>;
+ ti,bit-shift = <4>;
+ reg = <0x02d8>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt
index d99af87..17b4a94 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,10 @@
Optional properties:
- clocks : as described in the clock bindings
- clock-names : as described in the clock bindings
+ - fclk-enable : Bit mask to enable FCLKs statically at boot time.
+ Bit [0..3] correspond to FCLK0..FCLK3. The corresponding
+ FCLK will only be enabled if it is actually running at
+ boot time.
Clock inputs:
The following strings are optional parameters to the 'clock-names' property in
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt
index 051f764..f055515 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,10 @@
- clock-latency: Specify the possible maximum transition latency for clock,
in unit of nanoseconds.
- voltage-tolerance: Specify the CPU voltage tolerance in percentage.
+- #cooling-cells:
+- cooling-min-level:
+- cooling-max-level:
+ Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt.
Examples:
@@ -33,6 +37,9 @@
198000 850000
>;
clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */
+ #cooling-cells = <2>;
+ cooling-min-level = <0>;
+ cooling-max-level = <2>;
};
cpu@1 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/atmel-crypto.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/atmel-crypto.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2aab3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/atmel-crypto.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+* Atmel HW cryptographic accelerators
+
+These are the HW cryptographic accelerators found on some Atmel products.
+
+* Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g46-aes".
+- reg: Should contain AES registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the AES.
+- dmas: List of two DMA specifiers as described in
+ atmel-dma.txt and dma.txt files.
+- dma-names: Contains one identifier string for each DMA specifier
+ in the dmas property.
+
+Example:
+aes@f8038000 {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g46-aes";
+ reg = <0xf8038000 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <43 4 0>;
+ dmas = <&dma1 2 18>,
+ <&dma1 2 19>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+
+* Triple Data Encryption Standard (Triple DES)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g46-tdes".
+- reg: Should contain TDES registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the TDES.
+
+Optional properties:
+- dmas: List of two DMA specifiers as described in
+ atmel-dma.txt and dma.txt files.
+- dma-names: Contains one identifier string for each DMA specifier
+ in the dmas property.
+
+Example:
+tdes@f803c000 {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g46-tdes";
+ reg = <0xf803c000 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <44 4 0>;
+ dmas = <&dma1 2 20>,
+ <&dma1 2 21>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+};
+
+* Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g46-sha".
+- reg: Should contain SHA registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the SHA.
+
+Optional properties:
+- dmas: One DMA specifiers as described in
+ atmel-dma.txt and dma.txt files.
+- dma-names: Contains one identifier string for each DMA specifier
+ in the dmas property. Only one "tx" string needed.
+
+Example:
+sha@f8034000 {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g46-sha";
+ reg = <0xf8034000 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <42 4 0>;
+ dmas = <&dma1 2 17>;
+ dma-names = "tx";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6949e50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Freescale DCP (Data Co-Processor) found on i.MX23/i.MX28 .
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-dcp"
+- reg : Should contain MXS DCP registers location and length
+- interrupts : Should contain MXS DCP interrupt numbers, VMI IRQ and DCP IRQ
+ must be supplied, optionally Secure IRQ can be present, but
+ is currently not implemented and not used.
+
+Example:
+
+dcp@80028000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx28-dcp", "fsl,imx23-dcp";
+ reg = <0x80028000 0x2000>;
+ interrupts = <52 53>;
+ status = "okay";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1396078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+* BCM2835 DMA controller
+
+The BCM2835 DMA controller has 16 channels in total.
+Only the lower 13 channels have an associated IRQ.
+Some arbitrary channels are used by the firmware
+(1,3,6,7 in the current firmware version).
+The channels 0,2 and 3 have special functionality
+and should not be used by the driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-dma".
+- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain the DMA interrupts associated
+ to the DMA channels in ascending order.
+- #dma-cells: Must be <1>, the cell in the dmas property of the
+ client device represents the DREQ number.
+- brcm,dma-channel-mask: Bit mask representing the channels
+ not used by the firmware in ascending order,
+ i.e. first channel corresponds to LSB.
+
+Example:
+
+dma: dma@7e007000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-dma";
+ reg = <0x7e007000 0xf00>;
+ interrupts = <1 16>,
+ <1 17>,
+ <1 18>,
+ <1 19>,
+ <1 20>,
+ <1 21>,
+ <1 22>,
+ <1 23>,
+ <1 24>,
+ <1 25>,
+ <1 26>,
+ <1 27>,
+ <1 28>;
+
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ brcm,dma-channel-mask = <0x7f35>;
+};
+
+DMA clients connected to the BCM2835 DMA controller must use the format
+described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each channel.
+
+Example:
+
+bcm2835_i2s: i2s@7e203000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-i2s";
+ reg = < 0x7e203000 0x20>,
+ < 0x7e101098 0x02>;
+
+ dmas = <&dma 2>,
+ <&dma 3>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
index 4fa814d..ee9be99 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
* Freescale Smart Direct Memory Access (SDMA) Controller for i.MX
Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "fsl,imx31-sdma", "fsl,imx31-to1-sdma",
- "fsl,imx31-to2-sdma", "fsl,imx35-sdma", "fsl,imx35-to1-sdma",
- "fsl,imx35-to2-sdma", "fsl,imx51-sdma", "fsl,imx53-sdma" or
- "fsl,imx6q-sdma". The -to variants should be preferred since they
- allow to determnine the correct ROM script addresses needed for
- the driver to work without additional firmware.
+- compatible : Should be one of
+ "fsl,imx25-sdma"
+ "fsl,imx31-sdma", "fsl,imx31-to1-sdma", "fsl,imx31-to2-sdma"
+ "fsl,imx35-sdma", "fsl,imx35-to1-sdma", "fsl,imx35-to2-sdma"
+ "fsl,imx51-sdma"
+ "fsl,imx53-sdma"
+ "fsl,imx6q-sdma"
+ The -to variants should be preferred since they allow to determnine the
+ correct ROM script addresses needed for the driver to work without additional
+ firmware.
- reg : Should contain SDMA registers location and length
- interrupts : Should contain SDMA interrupt
- #dma-cells : Must be <3>.
@@ -42,6 +46,7 @@
19 IPU Memory
20 ASRC
21 ESAI
+ 22 SSI Dual FIFO (needs firmware ver >= 2)
The third cell specifies the transfer priority as below.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/moxa,moxart-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/moxa,moxart-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a9f355
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/moxa,moxart-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+MOXA ART DMA Controller
+
+See dma.txt first
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Must be "moxa,moxart-dma"
+- reg : Should contain registers location and length
+- interrupts : Should contain an interrupt-specifier for the sole
+ interrupt generated by the device
+- #dma-cells : Should be 1, a single cell holding a line request number
+
+Example:
+
+ dma: dma@90500000 {
+ compatible = "moxa,moxart-dma";
+ reg = <0x90500080 0x40>;
+ interrupts = <24 0>;
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+
+Clients:
+
+DMA clients connected to the MOXA ART DMA controller must use the format
+described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each channel:
+a phandle plus one integer cells.
+The two cells in order are:
+
+1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller.
+2. Peripheral identifier for the hardware handshaking interface.
+
+Example:
+Use specific request line passing from dma
+For example, MMC request line is 5
+
+ sdhci: sdhci@98e00000 {
+ compatible = "moxa,moxart-sdhci";
+ reg = <0x98e00000 0x5C>;
+ interrupts = <5 0>;
+ clocks = <&clk_apb>;
+ dmas = <&dma 5>,
+ <&dma 5>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt
index a8c21c2..1f5729f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt
@@ -50,6 +50,9 @@
0x00000008: Use fixed channel:
Use automatic channel selection when unset
Use DMA request line number when set
+ 0x00000010: Set channel as high priority:
+ Normal priority when unset
+ High priority when set
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt
index 90fa7da..c6908e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,16 @@
- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. This shuld include
all of the per-channel registers.
- interrupts: Should contain all of the per-channel DMA interrupts.
+- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - dma
+- #dma-cells : Must be <1>. This dictates the length of DMA specifiers in
+ client nodes' dmas properties. The specifier represents the DMA request
+ select value for the peripheral. For more details, consult the Tegra TRM's
+ documentation of the APB DMA channel control register REQ_SEL field.
Examples:
@@ -27,4 +37,8 @@
0 149 0x04
0 150 0x04
0 151 0x04 >;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 34>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 34>;
+ reset-names = "dma";
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-palmas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-palmas.txt
index 7dab6a8..45414bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-palmas.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-palmas.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,11 @@
PALMAS USB COMPARATOR
Required Properties:
- - compatible : Should be "ti,palmas-usb" or "ti,twl6035-usb"
+ - compatible: should contain one of:
+ * "ti,palmas-usb-vid".
+ * "ti,twl6035-usb-vid".
+ * "ti,palmas-usb" (DEPRECATED - use "ti,palmas-usb-vid").
+ * "ti,twl6035-usb" (DEPRECATED - use "ti,twl6035-usb-vid").
Optional Properties:
- ti,wakeup : To enable the wakeup comparator in probe
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2e839d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Davinci GPIO controller bindings
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: should be "ti,dm6441-gpio"
+
+- reg: Physical base address of the controller and the size of memory mapped
+ registers.
+
+- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+
+- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller.
+
+- interrupts: Array of GPIO interrupt number. Only banked or unbanked IRQs are
+ supported at a time.
+
+- ti,ngpio: The number of GPIO pins supported.
+
+- ti,davinci-gpio-unbanked: The number of GPIOs that have an individual interrupt
+ line to processor.
+
+The GPIO controller also acts as an interrupt controller. It uses the default
+two cells specifier as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/
+interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+gpio: gpio@1e26000 {
+ compatible = "ti,dm6441-gpio";
+ gpio-controller;
+ reg = <0x226000 0x1000>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+ interrupts = <42 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 43 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH
+ 44 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 45 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH
+ 46 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 47 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH
+ 48 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 49 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH
+ 50 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>;
+ ti,ngpio = <144>;
+ ti,davinci-gpio-unbanked = <0>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-lp3943.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-lp3943.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80fcb7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-lp3943.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+TI/National Semiconductor LP3943 GPIO controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "ti,lp3943-gpio"
+ - gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+ - #gpio-cells: Should be 2. See gpio.txt in this directory for a
+ description of the cells format.
+
+Example:
+Simple LED controls with LP3943 GPIO controller
+
+&i2c4 {
+ lp3943@60 {
+ compatible = "ti,lp3943";
+ reg = <0x60>;
+
+ gpioex: gpio {
+ compatible = "ti,lp3943-gpio";
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ };
+ };
+};
+
+leds {
+ compatible = "gpio-leds";
+ indicator1 {
+ label = "indi1";
+ gpios = <&gpioex 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ };
+
+ indicator2 {
+ label = "indi2";
+ gpios = <&gpioex 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ default-state = "off";
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt
index daa3017..3ddc7cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt
@@ -38,12 +38,38 @@
removed.
- spi-max-frequency = The maximum frequency this chip is able to handle
-Example I2C:
+Optional properties:
+- #interrupt-cells : Should be two.
+ - first cell is the pin number
+ - second cell is used to specify flags.
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as a interrupt controller.
+NOTE: The interrupt functionality is only supported for i2c versions of the
+chips. The spi chips can also do the interrupts, but this is not supported by
+the linux driver yet.
+
+Optional device specific properties:
+- microchip,irq-mirror: Sets the mirror flag in the IOCON register. Devices
+ with two interrupt outputs (these are the devices ending with 17 and
+ those that have 16 IOs) have two IO banks: IO 0-7 form bank 1 and
+ IO 8-15 are bank 2. These chips have two different interrupt outputs:
+ One for bank 1 and another for bank 2. If irq-mirror is set, both
+ interrupts are generated regardless of the bank that an input change
+ occured on. If it is not set, the interrupt are only generated for the
+ bank they belong to.
+ On devices with only one interrupt output this property is useless.
+
+Example I2C (with interrupt):
gpiom1: gpio@20 {
compatible = "microchip,mcp23017";
gpio-controller;
#gpio-cells = <2>;
reg = <0x20>;
+
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>;
+ interrupts = <17 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells=<2>;
+ microchip,irq-mirror;
};
Example SPI:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/moxa,moxart-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/moxa,moxart-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8e8f18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/moxa,moxart-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+MOXA ART GPIO Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- #gpio-cells : Should be 2, The first cell is the pin number,
+ the second cell is used to specify polarity:
+ 0 = active high
+ 1 = active low
+- compatible : Must be "moxa,moxart-gpio"
+- reg : Should contain registers location and length
+
+Example:
+
+ gpio: gpio@98700000 {
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ compatible = "moxa,moxart-gpio";
+ reg = <0x98700000 0xC>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
index 8655df9..f61cef7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
@@ -2,10 +2,11 @@
Required Properties:
- - compatible: should be one of the following.
+ - compatible: should contain one of the following.
- "renesas,gpio-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Mobile M1) compatible GPIO controller.
- "renesas,gpio-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible GPIO controller.
- "renesas,gpio-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible GPIO controller.
+ - "renesas,gpio-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) compatible GPIO controller.
- "renesas,gpio-rcar": for generic R-Car GPIO controller.
- reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the GPIO
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
index b4fa934..efaeec8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,12 @@
- #size-cells: The number of cells used to represent the size of an address
range in the host1x address space. Should be 1.
- ranges: The mapping of the host1x address space to the CPU address space.
+- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - host1x
The host1x top-level node defines a number of children, each representing one
of the following host1x client modules:
@@ -19,6 +25,12 @@
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-mpe"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+ - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - mpe
- vi: video input
@@ -26,6 +38,12 @@
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-vi"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+ - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - vi
- epp: encoder pre-processor
@@ -33,6 +51,12 @@
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-epp"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+ - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - epp
- isp: image signal processor
@@ -40,6 +64,12 @@
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-isp"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+ - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - isp
- gr2d: 2D graphics engine
@@ -47,12 +77,30 @@
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-gr2d"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+ - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - 2d
- gr3d: 3D graphics engine
Required properties:
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-gr3d"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+ - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+ (This property may be omitted if the only clock in the list is "3d")
+ - 3d
+ This MUST be the first entry.
+ - 3d2 (Only required on SoCs with two 3D clocks)
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - 3d
+ - 3d2 (Only required on SoCs with two 3D clocks)
- dc: display controller
@@ -60,6 +108,19 @@
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-dc"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+ - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - dc
+ This MUST be the first entry.
+ - parent
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - dc
+ - nvidia,head: The number of the display controller head. This is used to
+ setup the various types of output to receive video data from the given
+ head.
Each display controller node has a child node, named "rgb", that represents
the RGB output associated with the controller. It can take the following
@@ -67,6 +128,7 @@
- nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
- nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection
- nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
+ - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel
- hdmi: High Definition Multimedia Interface
@@ -76,11 +138,22 @@
- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
- vdd-supply: regulator for supply voltage
- pll-supply: regulator for PLL
+ - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - hdmi
+ This MUST be the first entry.
+ - parent
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - hdmi
Optional properties:
- nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
- nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection
- nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
+ - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel
- tvo: TV encoder output
@@ -88,12 +161,34 @@
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-tvo"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+ - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- dsi: display serial interface
Required properties:
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-dsi"
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+ - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - dsi
+ This MUST be the first entry.
+ - lp
+ - parent
+ - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - dsi
+ - nvidia,mipi-calibrate: Should contain a phandle and a specifier specifying
+ which pads are used by this DSI output and need to be calibrated. See also
+ ../mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt.
+
+ Optional properties:
+ - nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
+ - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection
+ - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
+ - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel
Example:
@@ -105,6 +200,9 @@
reg = <0x50000000 0x00024000>;
interrupts = <0 65 0x04 /* mpcore syncpt */
0 67 0x04>; /* mpcore general */
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_HOST1X>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 28>;
+ reset-names = "host1x";
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
@@ -115,41 +213,64 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-mpe";
reg = <0x54040000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 68 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_MPE>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 60>;
+ reset-names = "mpe";
};
vi {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-vi";
reg = <0x54080000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 69 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_VI>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 100>;
+ reset-names = "vi";
};
epp {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-epp";
reg = <0x540c0000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 70 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_EPP>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 19>;
+ reset-names = "epp";
};
isp {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-isp";
reg = <0x54100000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 71 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_ISP>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 23>;
+ reset-names = "isp";
};
gr2d {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gr2d";
reg = <0x54140000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 72 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_GR2D>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 21>;
+ reset-names = "2d";
};
gr3d {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gr3d";
reg = <0x54180000 0x00040000>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_GR3D>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 24>;
+ reset-names = "3d";
};
dc@54200000 {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dc";
reg = <0x54200000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 73 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_DISP1>,
+ <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_PLL_P>;
+ clock-names = "dc", "parent";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 27>;
+ reset-names = "dc";
rgb {
status = "disabled";
@@ -160,6 +281,11 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dc";
reg = <0x54240000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 74 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_DISP2>,
+ <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_PLL_P>;
+ clock-names = "dc", "parent";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 26>;
+ reset-names = "dc";
rgb {
status = "disabled";
@@ -170,6 +296,11 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-hdmi";
reg = <0x54280000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 75 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_HDMI>,
+ <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_PLL_D_OUT0>;
+ clock-names = "hdmi", "parent";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 51>;
+ reset-names = "hdmi";
status = "disabled";
};
@@ -177,12 +308,18 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-tvo";
reg = <0x542c0000 0x00040000>;
interrupts = <0 76 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_TVO>;
status = "disabled";
};
dsi {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dsi";
reg = <0x54300000 0x00040000>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_DSI>,
+ <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_PLL_D_OUT0>;
+ clock-names = "dsi", "parent";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 48>;
+ reset-names = "dsi";
status = "disabled";
};
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
index b689a0d..4fade84 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
+- clocks: phandles to input clocks.
Optional properties:
- Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@
interrupts = <12 4 6>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&twi0_clk>;
24c512@50 {
compatible = "24c512";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34a3fb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+* NXP PCA954x I2C bus switch
+
+Required Properties:
+
+ - compatible: Must contain one of the following.
+ "nxp,pca9540", "nxp,pca9542", "nxp,pca9543", "nxp,pca9544",
+ "nxp,pca9545", "nxp,pca9546", "nxp,pca9547", "nxp,pca9548"
+
+ - reg: The I2C address of the device.
+
+ The following required properties are defined externally:
+
+ - Standard I2C mux properties. See i2c-mux.txt in this directory.
+ - I2C child bus nodes. See i2c-mux.txt in this directory.
+
+Optional Properties:
+
+ - reset-gpios: Reference to the GPIO connected to the reset input.
+
+
+Example:
+
+ i2c-switch@74 {
+ compatible = "nxp,pca9548";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <0x74>;
+
+ i2c@2 {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <2>;
+
+ eeprom@54 {
+ compatible = "at,24c08";
+ reg = <0x54>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ i2c@4 {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <4>;
+
+ rtc@51 {
+ compatible = "nxp,pcf8563";
+ reg = <0x51>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt
index 82e8f6f..582b465 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,11 @@
- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
- compatible : Should be "marvell,mv64xxx-i2c" or "allwinner,sun4i-i2c"
- or "marvell,mv78230-i2c"
+ or "marvell,mv78230-i2c" or "marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c"
+ Note: Only use "marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c" for a very rare,
+ initial version of the SoC which had broken offload
+ support. Linux auto-detects this and sets it
+ appropriately.
- interrupts : The interrupt number
Optional properties :
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bcc471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Device tree configuration for Renesas RIIC driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "renesas,riic-<soctype>". "renesas,riic-rz" as fallback
+- reg : address start and address range size of device
+- interrupts : 8 interrupts (TEI, RI, TI, SPI, STI, NAKI, ALI, TMOI)
+- clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz
+- #address-cells : should be <1>
+- #size-cells : should be <0>
+
+Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See there.
+
+Example:
+
+ i2c0: i2c@fcfee000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,riic-r7s72100", "renesas,riic-rz";
+ reg = <0xfcfee000 0x44>;
+ interrupts = <0 157 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 158 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+ <0 159 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+ <0 160 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 161 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 162 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 163 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 164 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clock-frequency = <100000>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt
index 296eb45..278de8e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
inside HDMIPHY block found on several samsung SoCs
(d) "samsung, exynos5440-i2c", for s3c2440-like i2c used
on EXYNOS5440 which does not need GPIO configuration.
+ (e) "samsung, exynos5-sata-phy-i2c", for s3c2440-like i2c used as
+ a host to SATA PHY controller on an internal bus.
- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt
index ef77cc7..87507e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt
@@ -39,12 +39,23 @@
- interrupts: Should contain I2C controller interrupts.
- address-cells: Address cells for I2C device address.
- size-cells: Size of the I2C device address.
-- clocks: Clock ID as per
- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/tegra<chip-id>.txt
- for I2C controller.
-- clock-names: Name of the clock:
- Tegra20/Tegra30 I2C controller: "div-clk and "fast-clk".
- Tegra114 I2C controller: "div-clk".
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+ Tegra20/Tegra30:
+ - div-clk
+ - fast-clk
+ Tegra114:
+ - div-clk
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - i2c
+- dmas: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../dma/dma.txt for details.
+- dma-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - rx
+ - tx
Example:
@@ -56,5 +67,9 @@
#size-cells = <0>;
clocks = <&tegra_car 12>, <&tegra_car 124>;
clock-names = "div-clk", "fast-clk";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 12>;
+ reset-names = "i2c";
+ dmas = <&apbdma 16>, <&apbdma 16>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
status = "disabled";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
index b1cb341..1a1ac2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
at,24c08 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx)
atmel,24c02 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx)
atmel,at97sc3204t i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
+capella,cm32181 CM32181: Ambient Light Sensor
catalyst,24c32 i2c serial eeprom
dallas,ds1307 64 x 8, Serial, I2C Real-Time Clock
dallas,ds1338 I2C RTC with 56-Byte NV RAM
@@ -39,6 +40,7 @@
gmt,g751 G751: Digital Temperature Sensor and Thermal Watchdog with Two-Wire Interface
infineon,slb9635tt Infineon SLB9635 (Soft-) I2C TPM (old protocol, max 100khz)
infineon,slb9645tt Infineon SLB9645 I2C TPM (new protocol, max 400khz)
+isl,isl12057 Intersil ISL12057 I2C RTC Chip
maxim,ds1050 5 Bit Programmable, Pulse-Width Modulator
maxim,max1237 Low-Power, 4-/12-Channel, 2-Wire Serial, 12-Bit ADCs
maxim,max6625 9-Bit/12-Bit Temperature Sensors with I²C-Compatible Serial Interface
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/dht11.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/dht11.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecc24c19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/dht11.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+* DHT11 humidity/temperature sensor (and compatibles like DHT22)
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "dht11"
+ - gpios: Should specify the GPIO connected to the sensor's data
+ line, see "gpios property" in
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+humidity_sensor {
+ compatible = "dht11";
+ gpios = <&gpio0 6 0>;
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2563.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2563.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f91e809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2563.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+* AMS TAOS TSL2563 ambient light sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : should be "amstaos,tsl2563"
+ - reg : the I2C address of the sensor
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - amstaos,cover-comp-gain : integer used as multiplier for gain
+ compensation (default = 1)
+
+Example:
+
+tsl2563@29 {
+ compatible = "amstaos,tsl2563";
+ reg = <0x29>;
+ amstaos,cover-comp-gain = <16>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90d5f34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* Honeywell HMC5843 magnetometer sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : should be "honeywell,hmc5843"
+ - reg : the I2C address of the magnetometer - typically 0x1e
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - gpios : should be device tree identifier of the magnetometer DRDY pin
+
+Example:
+
+hmc5843@1e {
+ compatible = "honeywell,hmc5843"
+ reg = <0x1e>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
index 2995fae..0382b8b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,12 @@
array of pin numbers which is used as column.
- linux,keymap: The keymap for keys as described in the binding document
devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
+- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - kbc
Optional properties, in addition to those specified by the shared
matrix-keyboard bindings:
@@ -31,6 +37,9 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-kbc";
reg = <0x7000e200 0x100>;
interrupts = <0 85 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 36>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 36>;
+ reset-names = "kbc";
nvidia,ghost-filter;
nvidia,debounce-delay-ms = <640>;
nvidia,kbc-row-pins = <0 1 2>; /* pin 0, 1, 2 as rows */
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt
index 3d3b2b9..32cec4b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt
@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@
compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-ic";
reg = <0x01c20400 0x400>;
interrupt-controller;
- #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/lsi,zevio-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/lsi,zevio-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aee38e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/lsi,zevio-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+TI-NSPIRE interrupt controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Compatible property value should be "lsi,zevio-intc".
+
+- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+
+Example:
+
+interrupt-controller {
+ compatible = "lsi,zevio-intc";
+ interrupt-controller;
+ reg = <0xDC000000 0x1000>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,dw-apb-ictl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,dw-apb-ictl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4929117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,dw-apb-ictl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Synopsys DesignWare APB interrupt controller (dw_apb_ictl)
+
+Synopsys DesignWare provides interrupt controller IP for APB known as
+dw_apb_ictl. The IP is used as secondary interrupt controller in some SoCs with
+APB bus, e.g. Marvell Armada 1500.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: shall be "snps,dw-apb-ictl"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region starting with ENABLE_LOW register
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: number of cells to encode an interrupt-specifier, shall be 1
+- interrupts: interrupt reference to primary interrupt controller
+- interrupt-parent: (optional) reference specific primary interrupt controller
+
+The interrupt sources map to the corresponding bits in the interrupt
+registers, i.e.
+- 0 maps to bit 0 of low interrupts,
+- 1 maps to bit 1 of low interrupts,
+- 32 maps to bit 0 of high interrupts,
+- 33 maps to bit 1 of high interrupts,
+- (optional) fast interrupts start at 64.
+
+Example:
+ aic: interrupt-controller@3000 {
+ compatible = "snps,dw-apb-ictl";
+ reg = <0x3000 0xc00>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt
index 80ff3df..d7221b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,13 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : should be : "ti,tca6507".
+- #address-cells: must be 1
+- #size-cells: must be 0
+- reg: typically 0x45.
+
+Optional properties:
+- gpio-controller: allows lines to be used as output-only GPIOs.
+- #gpio-cells: if present, must be 0.
Each led is represented as a sub-node of the ti,tca6507 device.
@@ -10,6 +17,7 @@
- reg : number of LED line (could be from 0 to 6)
- linux,default-trigger : (optional)
see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- compatible: either "led" (the default) or "gpio".
Examples:
@@ -19,6 +27,9 @@
#size-cells = <0>;
reg = <0x45>;
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+
led0: red-aux@0 {
label = "red:aux";
reg = <0x0>;
@@ -29,5 +40,10 @@
reg = <0x5>;
linux,default-trigger = "default-on";
};
+
+ wifi-reset@6 {
+ reg = <0x6>;
+ compatible = "gpio";
+ };
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt
index f7a0da6..ea2b16c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@
Required properties:
- #address-cells : Should be <1>
- #size-cells : Should be <0>
- - device_type : Should be "mdio"
- compatible : Should be "marvell,mv64360-mdio"
Example:
@@ -87,7 +86,6 @@
mdio {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
- device_type = "mdio";
compatible = "marvell,mv64360-mdio";
ethernet-phy@0 {
@@ -132,7 +130,6 @@
Ethernet port node
Required properties:
- - device_type : Should be "network".
- compatible : Should be "marvell,mv64360-eth".
- reg : Should be <0>, <1>, or <2>, according to which registers
within the silicon block the device uses.
@@ -145,7 +142,6 @@
Example Discovery Ethernet port node:
ethernet@0 {
- device_type = "network";
compatible = "marvell,mv64360-eth";
reg = <0>;
interrupts = <32>;
@@ -159,7 +155,6 @@
c) Marvell Discovery PHY nodes
Required properties:
- - device_type : Should be "ethernet-phy"
- interrupts : <a> where a is the interrupt number for this phy.
- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
services interrupts for this device.
@@ -167,7 +162,6 @@
Example Discovery PHY node:
ethernet-phy@1 {
- device_type = "ethernet-phy";
compatible = "broadcom,bcm5421";
interrupts = <76>; /* GPP 12 */
interrupt-parent = <&PIC>;
@@ -271,7 +265,6 @@
serial port.
Required properties:
- - device_type : "serial"
- compatible : "marvell,mv64360-mpsc"
- reg : Offset and length of the register set for this device
- sdma : the phandle for the SDMA node used by this port
@@ -288,7 +281,6 @@
Example Discovery MPSCINTR node:
mpsc@8000 {
- device_type = "serial";
compatible = "marvell,mv64360-mpsc";
reg = <0x8000 0x38>;
virtual-reg = <0xf1008000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..937b755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Samsung S5P/EXYNOS SoC series JPEG codec
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be one of:
+ "samsung,s5pv210-jpeg", "samsung,exynos4210-jpeg";
+- reg : address and length of the JPEG codec IP register set;
+- interrupts : specifies the JPEG codec IP interrupt;
+- clocks : should contain the JPEG codec IP gate clock specifier, from the
+ common clock bindings;
+- clock-names : should contain "jpeg" entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k5baf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k5baf.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f51e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k5baf.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+Samsung S5K5BAF UXGA 1/5" 2M CMOS Image Sensor with embedded SoC ISP
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : "samsung,s5k5baf";
+- reg : I2C slave address of the sensor;
+- vdda-supply : analog power supply 2.8V (2.6V to 3.0V);
+- vddreg-supply : regulator input power supply 1.8V (1.7V to 1.9V)
+ or 2.8V (2.6V to 3.0);
+- vddio-supply : I/O power supply 1.8V (1.65V to 1.95V)
+ or 2.8V (2.5V to 3.1V);
+- stbyn-gpios : GPIO connected to STDBYN pin;
+- rstn-gpios : GPIO connected to RSTN pin;
+- clocks : list of phandle and clock specifier pairs
+ according to common clock bindings for the
+ clocks described in clock-names;
+- clock-names : should include "mclk" for the sensor's master clock;
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- clock-frequency : the frequency at which the "mclk" clock should be
+ configured to operate, in Hz; if this property is not
+ specified default 24 MHz value will be used.
+
+The device node should contain one 'port' child node with one child 'endpoint'
+node, according to the bindings defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/
+media/video-interfaces.txt. The following are properties specific to those
+nodes.
+
+endpoint node
+-------------
+
+- data-lanes : (optional) specifies MIPI CSI-2 data lanes as covered in
+ video-interfaces.txt. If present it should be <1> - the device
+ supports only one data lane without re-mapping.
+
+Example:
+
+s5k5bafx@2d {
+ compatible = "samsung,s5k5baf";
+ reg = <0x2d>;
+ vdda-supply = <&cam_io_en_reg>;
+ vddreg-supply = <&vt_core_15v_reg>;
+ vddio-supply = <&vtcam_reg>;
+ stbyn-gpios = <&gpl2 0 1>;
+ rstn-gpios = <&gpl2 1 1>;
+ clock-names = "mclk";
+ clocks = <&clock_cam 0>;
+ clock-frequency = <24000000>;
+
+ port {
+ s5k5bafx_ep: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&csis1_ep>;
+ data-lanes = <1>;
+ };
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt
index fc2191e..8edcb9b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt
@@ -112,6 +112,15 @@
ams,enable-tracking: Enable tracking with SD1, only supported
by LDO3.
+Power-off:
+=========
+AS3722 supports the system power off by turning off all its rail. This
+is provided through pm_power_off.
+The device node should have the following properties to enable this
+functionality
+ams,system-power-controller: Boolean, to enable the power off functionality
+ through this device.
+
Example:
--------
#include <dt-bindings/mfd/as3722.h>
@@ -120,6 +129,8 @@
compatible = "ams,as3722";
reg = <0x48>;
+ ams,system-power-controller;
+
interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
interrupt-controller;
#interrupt-cells = <2>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt
index 5f229c5..8009c3d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,15 @@
- compatible: "google,cros-ec-spi"
- reg: SPI chip select
+Optional properties (SPI):
+- google,cros-ec-spi-msg-delay: Some implementations of the EC require some
+ additional processing time in order to accept new transactions. If the delay
+ between transactions is not long enough the EC may not be able to respond
+ properly to subsequent transactions and cause them to hang. This property
+ specifies the delay, in usecs, introduced between transactions to account
+ for the time required by the EC to get back into a state in which new data
+ can be accepted.
+
Required properties (LPC):
- compatible: "google,cros-ec-lpc"
- reg: List of (IO address, size) pairs defining the interface uses
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/lp3943.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/lp3943.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8591d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/lp3943.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+TI/National Semiconductor LP3943 MFD driver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "ti,lp3943"
+ - reg: I2C slave address. From 0x60 to 0x67.
+
+LP3943 consists of two sub-devices, lp3943-gpio and lp3943-pwm.
+
+For the LP3943 GPIO properties please refer to:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-lp3943.txt
+
+For the LP3943 PWM properties please refer to:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-lp3943.txt
+
+Example:
+
+lp3943@60 {
+ compatible = "ti,lp3943";
+ reg = <0x60>;
+
+ gpioex: gpio {
+ compatible = "ti,lp3943-gpio";
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ };
+
+ pwm3943: pwm {
+ compatible = "ti,lp3943-pwm";
+ #pwm-cells = <2>;
+ ti,pwm0 = <8 9 10>;
+ ti,pwm1 = <15>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt
index c6a3469..678f3cf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,9 @@
client while probing.This document describes the binding for mfd device and
PMIC submodule.
+Binding for the built-in 32k clock generator block is defined separately
+in bindings/clk/maxim,max77686.txt file.
+
Required properties:
- compatible : Must be "maxim,max77686";
- reg : Specifies the i2c slave address of PMIC block.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt
index 78a840d..15ee89c3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
- LDOn
- valid values for n are 1 to 38
- - Example: LDO0, LD01, LDO28
+ - Example: LDO1, LD02, LDO28
- BUCKn
- valid values for n are 1 to 10.
- Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
index 2e33048..b4bd98a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
The valid regulator-compatible values are:
tps65910: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd2, vdd3, vdig1, vdig2, vpll, vdac, vaux1,
- vaux2, vaux33, vmmc
+ vaux2, vaux33, vmmc, vbb
tps65911: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd3, vddctrl, ldo1, ldo2, ldo3, ldo4, ldo5,
ldo6, ldo7, ldo8
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
vcc4-supply: VAUX1 and VAUX2 input.
vcc5-supply: VPLL and VDAC input.
vcc6-supply: VDIG1 and VDIG2 input.
- vcc7-supply: VRTC input.
+ vcc7-supply: VRTC and VBB input.
vccio-supply: VIO input.
tps65911:
vcc1-supply: VDD1 input.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..973c272
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+MIPI DSI (Display Serial Interface) busses
+==========================================
+
+The MIPI Display Serial Interface specifies a serial bus and a protocol for
+communication between a host and up to four peripherals. This document will
+define the syntax used to represent a DSI bus in a device tree.
+
+This document describes DSI bus-specific properties only or defines existing
+standard properties in the context of the DSI bus.
+
+Each DSI host provides a DSI bus. The DSI host controller's node contains a
+set of properties that characterize the bus. Child nodes describe individual
+peripherals on that bus.
+
+The following assumes that only a single peripheral is connected to a DSI
+host. Experience shows that this is true for the large majority of setups.
+
+DSI host
+--------
+
+In addition to the standard properties and those defined by the parent bus of
+a DSI host, the following properties apply to a node representing a DSI host.
+
+Required properties:
+- #address-cells: The number of cells required to represent an address on the
+ bus. DSI peripherals are addressed using a 2-bit virtual channel number, so
+ a maximum of 4 devices can be addressed on a single bus. Hence the value of
+ this property should be 1.
+- #size-cells: Should be 0. There are cases where it makes sense to use a
+ different value here. See below.
+
+DSI peripheral
+--------------
+
+Peripherals are represented as child nodes of the DSI host's node. Properties
+described here apply to all DSI peripherals, but individual bindings may want
+to define additional, device-specific properties.
+
+Required properties:
+- reg: The virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral. Must be in the range
+ from 0 to 3.
+
+Some DSI peripherals respond to more than a single virtual channel. In that
+case two alternative representations can be chosen:
+- The reg property can take multiple entries, one for each virtual channel
+ that the peripheral responds to.
+- If the virtual channels that a peripheral responds to are consecutive, the
+ #size-cells can be set to 1. The first cell of each entry in the reg
+ property is the number of the first virtual channel and the second cell is
+ the number of consecutive virtual channels.
+
+Example
+-------
+
+ dsi-host {
+ ...
+
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ /* peripheral responds to virtual channel 0 */
+ peripheral@0 {
+ compatible = "...";
+ reg = <0>;
+ };
+
+ ...
+ };
+
+ dsi-host {
+ ...
+
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ /* peripheral responds to virtual channels 0 and 2 */
+ peripheral@0 {
+ compatible = "...";
+ reg = <0, 2>;
+ };
+
+ ...
+ };
+
+ dsi-host {
+ ...
+
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+
+ /* peripheral responds to virtual channels 1, 2 and 3 */
+ peripheral@1 {
+ compatible = "...";
+ reg = <1 3>;
+ };
+
+ ...
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4a25ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra MIPI pad calibration controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-mipi"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - mipi-cal
+- #nvidia,mipi-calibrate-cells: Should be 1. The cell is a bitmask of the pads
+ that need to be calibrated for a given device.
+
+User nodes need to contain an nvidia,mipi-calibrate property that has a
+phandle to refer to the calibration controller node and a bitmask of the pads
+that need to be calibrated.
+
+Example:
+
+ mipi: mipi@700e3000 {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-mipi";
+ reg = <0x700e3000 0x100>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA114_CLK_MIPI_CAL>;
+ clock-names = "mipi-cal";
+ #nvidia,mipi-calibrate-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ ...
+
+ host1x@50000000 {
+ ...
+
+ dsi@54300000 {
+ ...
+
+ nvidia,mipi-calibrate = <&mipi 0x060>;
+
+ ...
+ };
+
+ ...
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt
index a45ae08..60960b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,9 @@
- atmel,at91sam9g45-ssc: support dma transfer
- reg: Should contain SSC registers location and length
- interrupts: Should contain SSC interrupt
+- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
+ Required elements: "pclk"
+- clocks: phandles to input clocks.
Required properties for devices compatible with "atmel,at91sam9g45-ssc":
@@ -20,6 +23,8 @@
compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-ssc";
reg = <0xfffbc000 0x4000>;
interrupts = <14 4 5>;
+ clocks = <&ssc0_clk>;
+ clock-names = "pclk";
};
- DMA transfer:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt
index 91dfda2..d7a6deb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
- temp-measurement-period: temperature measurement period (milliseconds)
- default-oversampling: default oversampling value to be used at startup,
value range is 0-3 with rising sensitivity.
+- interrupt-parent: should be the phandle for the interrupt controller
+- interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ
Example:
@@ -17,4 +19,6 @@
chip-id = <10>;
temp-measurement-period = <100>;
default-oversampling = <2>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
+ interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98ee2ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Device Tree Bindings for the Arasan SDHCI Controller
+
+ The bindings follow the mmc[1], clock[2] and interrupt[3] bindings. Only
+ deviations are documented here.
+
+ [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+ [2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+ [3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+Required Properties:
+ - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'arasan,sdhci-8.9a'
+ - reg: From mmc bindings: Register location and length.
+ - clocks: From clock bindings: Handles to clock inputs.
+ - clock-names: From clock bindings: Tuple including "clk_xin" and "clk_ahb"
+ - interrupts: Interrupt specifier
+ - interrupt-parent: Phandle for the interrupt controller that services
+ interrupts for this device.
+
+Example:
+ sdhci@e0100000 {
+ compatible = "arasan,sdhci-8.9a";
+ reg = <0xe0100000 0x1000>;
+ clock-names = "clk_xin", "clk_ahb";
+ clocks = <&clkc 21>, <&clkc 32>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupts = <0 24 4>;
+ } ;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt
index 0a85c70..07ad020 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@
- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the slot id.
- #size-cells: should be zero.
- at least one slot node
+- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
+ Required elements: "mci_clk"
+- clocks: phandles to input clocks.
The node contains child nodes for each slot that the platform uses
@@ -24,6 +27,8 @@
interrupts = <12 4>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
+ clock-names = "mci_clk";
+ clocks = <&mci0_clk>;
[ child node definitions...]
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
index c67b975..532b1d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@
specific extensions.
- "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5250
specific extensions.
+ - "samsung,exynos5420-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5420
+ specific extensions.
* samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div: Specifies the divider value for the card interface
unit (ciu) clock. This property is applicable only for Exynos5 SoC's and
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8653ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* Hisilicon specific extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile
+ Storage Host Controller
+
+Read synopsys-dw-mshc.txt for more details
+
+The Synopsys designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
+a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
+differences between the core Synopsys dw mshc controller properties described
+by synopsys-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Hisilicon specific
+extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+* compatible: should be one of the following.
+ - "hisilicon,hi4511-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi4511 specific extentions.
+
+Example:
+
+ /* for Hi3620 */
+
+ /* SoC portion */
+ dwmmc_0: dwmmc0@fcd03000 {
+ compatible = "hisilicon,hi4511-dw-mshc";
+ reg = <0xfcd03000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 16 4>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&mmc_clock HI3620_SD_CIUCLK>, <&clock HI3620_DDRC_PER_CLK>;
+ clock-names = "ciu", "biu";
+ };
+
+ /* Board portion */
+ dwmmc0@fcd03000 {
+ num-slots = <1>;
+ vmmc-supply = <&ldo12>;
+ fifo-depth = <0x100>;
+ supports-highspeed;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&sd_pmx_pins &sd_cfg_func1 &sd_cfg_func2>;
+ slot@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ bus-width = <4>;
+ disable-wp;
+ cd-gpios = <&gpio10 3 0>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt
index 789fb07..aaba248 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt
@@ -6,12 +6,16 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : Should be "brcm,kona-sdhci"
- DEPRECATED: compatible : Should be "bcm,kona-sdhci"
+- clocks: phandle + clock specifier pair of the external clock
+
+Refer to clocks/clock-bindings.txt for generic clock consumer properties.
Example:
sdio2: sdio@0x3f1a0000 {
compatible = "brcm,kona-sdhci";
reg = <0x3f1a0000 0x10000>;
+ clocks = <&sdio3_clk>;
interrupts = <0x0 74 0x4>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
index c6d7b11..f357c16 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,12 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : Should be "nvidia,<chip>-sdhci"
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - sdhci
Optional properties:
- power-gpios : Specify GPIOs for power control
@@ -18,6 +24,9 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-sdhci";
reg = <0xc8000200 0x200>;
interrupts = <47>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 14>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 14>;
+ reset-names = "sdhci";
cd-gpios = <&gpio 69 0>; /* gpio PI5 */
wp-gpios = <&gpio 57 0>; /* gpio PH1 */
power-gpios = <&gpio 155 0>; /* gpio PT3 */
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/davinci-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/davinci-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfb18ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/davinci-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+Device tree bindings for Texas instruments Davinci/Keystone NAND controller
+
+This file provides information, what the device node for the davinci/keystone
+NAND interface contains.
+
+Documentation:
+Davinci DM646x - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprueq7c/sprueq7c.pdf
+Kestone - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugz3a/sprugz3a.pdf
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "ti,davinci-nand"
+ "ti,keystone-nand"
+
+- reg: Contains 2 offset/length values:
+ - offset and length for the access window.
+ - offset and length for accessing the AEMIF
+ control registers.
+
+- ti,davinci-chipselect: number of chipselect. Indicates on the
+ davinci_nand driver which chipselect is used
+ for accessing the nand.
+ Can be in the range [0-3].
+
+Recommended properties :
+
+- ti,davinci-mask-ale: mask for ALE. Needed for executing address
+ phase. These offset will be added to the base
+ address for the chip select space the NAND Flash
+ device is connected to.
+ If not set equal to 0x08.
+
+- ti,davinci-mask-cle: mask for CLE. Needed for executing command
+ phase. These offset will be added to the base
+ address for the chip select space the NAND Flash
+ device is connected to.
+ If not set equal to 0x10.
+
+- ti,davinci-mask-chipsel: mask for chipselect address. Needed to mask
+ addresses for given chipselect.
+
+- nand-ecc-mode: operation mode of the NAND ecc mode. ECC mode
+ valid values for davinci driver:
+ - "none"
+ - "soft"
+ - "hw"
+
+- ti,davinci-ecc-bits: used ECC bits, currently supported 1 or 4.
+
+- nand-bus-width: buswidth 8 or 16. If not present 8.
+
+- nand-on-flash-bbt: use flash based bad block table support. OOB
+ identifier is saved in OOB area. If not present
+ false.
+
+Deprecated properties:
+
+- ti,davinci-ecc-mode: operation mode of the NAND ecc mode. ECC mode
+ valid values for davinci driver:
+ - "none"
+ - "soft"
+ - "hw"
+
+- ti,davinci-nand-buswidth: buswidth 8 or 16. If not present 8.
+
+- ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt: use flash based bad block table support. OOB
+ identifier is saved in OOB area. If not present
+ false.
+
+Nand device bindings may contain additional sub-nodes describing partitions of
+the address space. See partition.txt for more detail. The NAND Flash timing
+values must be programmed in the chip select’s node of AEMIF
+memory-controller (see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/
+davinci-aemif.txt).
+
+Example(da850 EVM ):
+
+nand_cs3@62000000 {
+ compatible = "ti,davinci-nand";
+ reg = <0x62000000 0x807ff
+ 0x68000000 0x8000>;
+ ti,davinci-chipselect = <1>;
+ ti,davinci-mask-ale = <0>;
+ ti,davinci-mask-cle = <0>;
+ ti,davinci-mask-chipsel = <0>;
+ nand-ecc-mode = "hw";
+ ti,davinci-ecc-bits = <4>;
+ nand-on-flash-bbt;
+
+ partition@180000 {
+ label = "ubifs";
+ reg = <0x180000 0x7e80000>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
index 551b2a1..458d596 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,14 @@
Optional properties:
- nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not
present false
+ - fsl,use-minimum-ecc: Protect this NAND flash with the minimum ECC
+ strength required. The required ECC strength is
+ automatically discoverable for some flash
+ (e.g., according to the ONFI standard).
+ However, note that if this strength is not
+ discoverable or this property is not enabled,
+ the software may chooses an implementation-defined
+ ECC scheme.
The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the
address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
index f1421e2..86e0a56 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,9 @@
Required properties:
- - compatible: Should be "marvell,pxa3xx-nand"
+ - compatible: Should be set to one of the following:
+ marvell,pxa3xx-nand
+ marvell,armada370-nand
- reg: The register base for the controller
- interrupts: The interrupt to map
- #address-cells: Set to <1> if the node includes partitions
@@ -13,6 +15,8 @@
- marvell,nand-keep-config: Set to keep the NAND controller config as set
by the bootloader
- num-cs: Number of chipselect lines to usw
+ - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if
+ not present false
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt
index b90bfcd..863d5b81 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
* Allwinner EMAC ethernet controller
Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "allwinner,sun4i-emac".
+- compatible: should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-emac" (Deprecated:
+ "allwinner,sun4i-emac")
- reg: address and length of the register set for the device.
- interrupts: interrupt for the device
- phy: A phandle to a phy node defining the PHY address (as the reg
@@ -14,7 +15,7 @@
Example:
emac: ethernet@01c0b000 {
- compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-emac";
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-emac";
reg = <0x01c0b000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <55>;
clocks = <&ahb_gates 17>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt
index 00b9f9a..4ec5641 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
* Allwinner A10 MDIO Ethernet Controller interface
Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "allwinner,sun4i-mdio".
+- compatible: should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mdio"
+ (Deprecated: "allwinner,sun4i-mdio").
- reg: address and length of the register set for the device.
Optional properties:
@@ -9,7 +10,7 @@
Example at the SoC level:
mdio@01c0b080 {
- compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-mdio";
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mdio";
reg = <0x01c0b080 0x14>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea4d752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+* Allwinner GMAC ethernet controller
+
+This device is a platform glue layer for stmmac.
+Please see stmmac.txt for the other unchanged properties.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac"
+ - clocks: Should contain the GMAC main clock, and tx clock
+ The tx clock type should be "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk"
+ - clock-names: Should contain the clock names "stmmaceth",
+ and "allwinner_gmac_tx"
+
+Optional properties:
+- phy-supply: phandle to a regulator if the PHY needs one
+
+Examples:
+
+ gmac: ethernet@01c50000 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac";
+ reg = <0x01c50000 0x10000>,
+ <0x01c20164 0x4>;
+ interrupts = <0 85 1>;
+ interrupt-names = "macirq";
+ clocks = <&ahb_gates 49>, <&gmac_tx>;
+ clock-names = "stmmaceth", "allwinner_gmac_tx";
+ phy-mode = "mii";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/microchip,mcp251x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/microchip,mcp251x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee3723b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/microchip,mcp251x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Microchip MCP251X stand-alone CAN controller device tree bindings
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be one of the following:
+ - "microchip,mcp2510" for MCP2510.
+ - "microchip,mcp2515" for MCP2515.
+ - reg: SPI chip select.
+ - clocks: The clock feeding the CAN controller.
+ - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller.
+ - interrupts: Should contain IRQ line for the CAN controller.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - vdd-supply: Regulator that powers the CAN controller.
+ - xceiver-supply: Regulator that powers the CAN transceiver.
+
+Example:
+ can0: can@1 {
+ compatible = "microchip,mcp2515";
+ reg = <1>;
+ clocks = <&clk24m>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
+ interrupts = <13 0x2>;
+ vdd-supply = <®5v0>;
+ xceiver-supply = <®5v0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
index bad381f..6e356d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
@@ -10,10 +10,6 @@
- ti,davinci-ctrl-mod-reg-offset: offset to control module register
- ti,davinci-ctrl-ram-offset: offset to control module ram
- ti,davinci-ctrl-ram-size: size of control module ram
-- ti,davinci-rmii-en: use RMII
-- ti,davinci-no-bd-ram: has the emac controller BD RAM
-- phy-handle: Contains a phandle to an Ethernet PHY.
- if not, davinci_emac driver defaults to 100/FULL
- interrupts: interrupt mapping for the davinci emac interrupts sources:
4 sources: <Receive Threshold Interrupt
Receive Interrupt
@@ -21,7 +17,11 @@
Miscellaneous Interrupt>
Optional properties:
+- phy-handle: Contains a phandle to an Ethernet PHY.
+ If absent, davinci_emac driver defaults to 100/FULL.
- local-mac-address : 6 bytes, mac address
+- ti,davinci-rmii-en: 1 byte, 1 means use RMII
+- ti,davinci-no-bd-ram: boolean, does EMAC have BD RAM?
Example (enbw_cmc board):
eth0: emac@1e20000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
index 4ff6504..70af2ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,10 @@
- interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt
- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii".
+- clock-names: Tuple listing input clock names.
+ Required elements: 'pclk', 'hclk'
+ Optional elements: 'tx_clk'
+- clocks: Phandles to input clocks.
Optional properties:
- local-mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
@@ -22,4 +26,6 @@
interrupts = <21>;
phy-mode = "rmii";
local-mac-address = [3a 0e 03 04 05 06];
+ clock-names = "pclk", "hclk", "tx_clk";
+ clocks = <&clkc 30>, <&clkc 30>, <&clkc 13>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt
index a73b79f..c233b61 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@
* Ethernet port node
Required port properties:
- - device_type: shall be "network".
- compatible: shall be one of "marvell,orion-eth-port",
"marvell,kirkwood-eth-port".
- reg: port number relative to ethernet controller, shall be 0, 1, or 2.
@@ -61,7 +60,6 @@
mdio-bus {
...
ethphy: ethernet-phy@8 {
- device_type = "ethernet-phy";
...
};
};
@@ -75,7 +73,6 @@
marvell,tx-checksum-limit = <1600>;
ethernet@0 {
- device_type = "network";
compatible = "marvell,orion-eth-port";
reg = <0>;
interrupts = <29>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt
index 11ace3c..4fc3927 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt
@@ -7,3 +7,4 @@
Optional properties:
- local-mac-address : Ethernet mac address to use
+- vdd-supply: supply for Ethernet mac
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/opencores-ethoc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/opencores-ethoc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dc127c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/opencores-ethoc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+* OpenCores MAC 10/100 Mbps
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "opencores,ethoc".
+- reg: two memory regions (address and length),
+ first region is for the device registers and descriptor rings,
+ second is for the device packet memory.
+- interrupts: interrupt for the device.
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks: phandle to refer to the clk used as per
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Examples:
+
+ enet0: ethoc@fd030000 {
+ compatible = "opencores,ethoc";
+ reg = <0xfd030000 0x4000 0xfd800000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <1>;
+ local-mac-address = [00 50 c2 13 6f 00];
+ clocks = <&osc>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
index 7cd18fb..58307d0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,6 @@
Required properties:
- - device_type : Should be "ethernet-phy"
- interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on
@@ -11,8 +10,6 @@
- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
services interrupts for this device.
- reg : The ID number for the phy, usually a small integer
- - linux,phandle : phandle for this node; likely referenced by an
- ethernet controller node.
Optional Properties:
@@ -22,14 +19,13 @@
specifications. If neither of these are specified, the default is to
assume clause 22. The compatible list may also contain other
elements.
+- max-speed: Maximum PHY supported speed (10, 100, 1000...)
Example:
ethernet-phy@0 {
compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
- linux,phandle = <2452000>;
interrupt-parent = <40000>;
interrupts = <35 1>;
reg = <0>;
- device_type = "ethernet-phy";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3dd3d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+STMicroelectronics SoC DWMAC glue layer controller
+
+The device node has following properties.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : Can be "st,stih415-dwmac", "st,stih416-dwmac" or
+ "st,stid127-dwmac".
+ - reg : Offset of the glue configuration register map in system
+ configuration regmap pointed by st,syscon property and size.
+
+ - reg-names : Should be "sti-ethconf".
+
+ - st,syscon : Should be phandle to system configuration node which
+ encompases this glue registers.
+
+ - st,tx-retime-src: On STi Parts for Giga bit speeds, 125Mhz clocks can be
+ wired up in from different sources. One via TXCLK pin and other via CLK_125
+ pin. This wiring is totally board dependent. However the retiming glue
+ logic should be configured accordingly. Possible values for this property
+
+ "txclk" - if 125Mhz clock is wired up via txclk line.
+ "clk_125" - if 125Mhz clock is wired up via clk_125 line.
+
+ This property is only valid for Giga bit setup( GMII, RGMII), and it is
+ un-used for non-giga bit (MII and RMII) setups. Also note that internal
+ clockgen can not generate stable 125Mhz clock.
+
+ - st,ext-phyclk: This boolean property indicates who is generating the clock
+ for tx and rx. This property is only valid for RMII case where the clock can
+ be generated from the MAC or PHY.
+
+ - clock-names: should be "sti-ethclk".
+ - clocks: Should point to ethernet clockgen which can generate phyclk.
+
+
+Example:
+
+ethernet0: dwmac@fe810000 {
+ device_type = "network";
+ compatible = "st,stih416-dwmac", "snps,dwmac", "snps,dwmac-3.710";
+ reg = <0xfe810000 0x8000>, <0x8bc 0x4>;
+ reg-names = "stmmaceth", "sti-ethconf";
+ interrupts = <0 133 0>, <0 134 0>, <0 135 0>;
+ interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq", "eth_lpi";
+ phy-mode = "mii";
+
+ st,syscon = <&syscfg_rear>;
+
+ snps,pbl = <32>;
+ snps,mixed-burst;
+
+ resets = <&softreset STIH416_ETH0_SOFTRESET>;
+ reset-names = "stmmaceth";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_mii0>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ clocks = <&CLK_S_GMAC0_PHY>;
+ clock-names = "stmmaceth";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
index eba0e5e..9d92d42 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,6 @@
property
- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii".
-- snps,phy-addr phy address to connect to.
- snps,reset-gpio gpio number for phy reset.
- snps,reset-active-low boolean flag to indicate if phy reset is active low.
- snps,reset-delays-us is triplet of delays
@@ -30,6 +29,11 @@
Optional properties:
- mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
+- resets: Should contain a phandle to the STMMAC reset signal, if any
+- reset-names: Should contain the reset signal name "stmmaceth", if a
+ reset phandle is given
+- max-frame-size: Maximum Transfer Unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather
+ than the maximum frame size.
Examples:
@@ -40,5 +44,6 @@
interrupts = <24 23>;
interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq";
mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */
+ max-frame-size = <3800>;
phy-mode = "gmii";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt
index 5aeee53..5ae601e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt
@@ -7,3 +7,15 @@
- clock-frequency : the frequency of the i2c bus
- gpios : the gpio used for ec request
- slave-addr: the i2c address of the slave controller
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
+ Tegra20/Tegra30:
+ - div-clk
+ - fast-clk
+ Tegra114:
+ - div-clk
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - i2c
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101aw03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101aw03.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72e088a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101aw03.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+AU Optronics Corporation 10.1" WSVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "auo,b101aw03"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wa01a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wa01a.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f24614e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wa01a.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Chunghwa Picture Tubes Ltd. 10.1" WXGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "chunghwa,claa101wa01a"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wb03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wb03.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ab2c05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wb03.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Chunghwa Picture Tubes Ltd. 10.1" WXGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "chunghwa,claa101wb03"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/panasonic,vvx10f004b00.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/panasonic,vvx10f004b00.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d328b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/panasonic,vvx10f004b00.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Panasonic Corporation 10.1" WUXGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "panasonic,vvx10f004b00"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn101nt05.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn101nt05.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef522c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn101nt05.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Samsung Electronics 10.1" WSVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "samsung,ltn101nt05"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/simple-panel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/simple-panel.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1341bbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/simple-panel.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Simple display panel
+
+Required properties:
+- power-supply: regulator to provide the supply voltage
+
+Optional properties:
+- ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
+- enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel
+- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
+
+Example:
+
+ panel: panel {
+ compatible = "cptt,claa101wb01";
+ ddc-i2c-bus = <&panelddc>;
+
+ power-supply = <&vdd_pnl_reg>;
+ enable-gpios = <&gpio 90 0>;
+
+ backlight = <&backlight>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
index d5d26d4..d6fae13f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@
to define the mapping of the PCIe interface to interrupt
numbers.
- num-lanes: number of lanes to use
+
+Optional properties:
- reset-gpio: gpio pin number of power good signal
Optional properties for fsl,imx6q-pcie
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
index 6b75107..24cee06 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
@@ -42,14 +42,19 @@
- 0xc2000000: prefetchable memory region
Please refer to the standard PCI bus binding document for a more detailed
explanation.
-- clocks: List of clock inputs of the controller. Must contain an entry for
- each entry in the clock-names property.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
- "pex": The Tegra clock of that name
- "afi": The Tegra clock of that name
- "pcie_xclk": The Tegra clock of that name
- "pll_e": The Tegra clock of that name
- "cml": The Tegra clock of that name (not required for Tegra20)
+ - pex
+ - afi
+ - pll_e
+ - cml (not required for Tegra20)
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - pex
+ - afi
+ - pcie_x
Root ports are defined as subnodes of the PCIe controller node.
@@ -91,9 +96,10 @@
0x82000000 0 0xa0000000 0xa0000000 0 0x10000000 /* non-prefetchable memory */
0xc2000000 0 0xb0000000 0xb0000000 0 0x10000000>; /* prefetchable memory */
- clocks = <&tegra_car 70>, <&tegra_car 72>, <&tegra_car 74>,
- <&tegra_car 118>;
- clock-names = "pex", "afi", "pcie_xclk", "pll_e";
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 70>, <&tegra_car 72>, <&tegra_car 118>;
+ clock-names = "pex", "afi", "pll_e";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 70>, <&tegra_car 72>, <&tegra_car 74>;
+ reset-names = "pex", "afi", "pcie_x";
status = "disabled";
pci@1,0 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3dc8b3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+BROADCOM KONA USB2 PHY
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: brcm,kona-usb2-phy
+ - reg: offset and length of the PHY registers
+ - #phy-cells: must be 0
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties
+
+Example:
+
+ usbphy: usb-phy@3f130000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,kona-usb2-phy";
+ reg = <0x3f130000 0x28>;
+ #phy-cells = <0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c119deb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+Broadcom BCM281xx Pin Controller
+
+This is a pin controller for the Broadcom BCM281xx SoC family, which includes
+BCM11130, BCM11140, BCM11351, BCM28145, and BCM28155 SoCs.
+
+=== Pin Controller Node ===
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be "brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl"
+- reg: Base address of the PAD Controller register block and the size
+ of the block.
+
+For example, the following is the bare minimum node:
+
+ pinctrl@35004800 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl";
+ reg = <0x35004800 0x430>;
+ };
+
+As a pin controller device, in addition to the required properties, this node
+should also contain the pin configuration nodes that client devices reference,
+if any.
+
+=== Pin Configuration Node ===
+
+Each pin configuration node is a sub-node of the pin controller node and is a
+container of an arbitrary number of subnodes, called pin group nodes in this
+document.
+
+Please refer to the pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the definition of a
+"pin configuration node".
+
+=== Pin Group Node ===
+
+A pin group node specifies the desired pin mux and/or pin configuration for an
+arbitrary number of pins. The name of the pin group node is optional and not
+used.
+
+A pin group node only affects the properties specified in the node, and has no
+effect on any properties that are omitted.
+
+The pin group node accepts a subset of the generic pin config properties. For
+details generic pin config properties, please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt
+and <include/linux/pinctrl/pinconfig-generic.h>.
+
+Each pin controlled by this pin controller belong to one of three types:
+Standard, I2C, and HDMI. Each type accepts a different set of pin config
+properties. A list of pins and their types is provided below.
+
+Required Properties (applicable to all pins):
+
+- pins: Multiple strings. Specifies the name(s) of one or more pins to
+ be configured by this node.
+
+Optional Properties (for standard pins):
+
+- function: String. Specifies the pin mux selection. Values
+ must be one of: "alt1", "alt2", "alt3", "alt4"
+- input-schmitt-enable: No arguments. Enable schmitt-trigger mode.
+- input-schmitt-disable: No arguments. Disable schmitt-trigger mode.
+- bias-pull-up: No arguments. Pull up on pin.
+- bias-pull-down: No arguments. Pull down on pin.
+- bias-disable: No arguments. Disable pin bias.
+- slew-rate: Integer. Meaning depends on configured pin mux:
+ *_SCL or *_SDA:
+ 0: Standard(100kbps)& Fast(400kbps) mode
+ 1: Highspeed (3.4Mbps) mode
+ IC_DM or IC_DP:
+ 0: normal slew rate
+ 1: fast slew rate
+ Otherwise:
+ 0: fast slew rate
+ 1: normal slew rate
+- input-enable: No arguements. Enable input (does not affect
+ output.)
+- input-disable: No arguements. Disable input (does not affect
+ output.)
+- drive-strength: Integer. Drive strength in mA. Valid values are
+ 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 mA.
+
+Optional Properties (for I2C pins):
+
+- function: String. Specifies the pin mux selection. Values
+ must be one of: "alt1", "alt2", "alt3", "alt4"
+- bias-pull-up: Integer. Pull up strength in Ohm. There are 3
+ pull-up resisitors (1.2k, 1.8k, 2.7k) available
+ in parallel for I2C pins, so the valid values
+ are: 568, 720, 831, 1080, 1200, 1800, 2700 Ohm.
+- bias-disable: No arguments. Disable pin bias.
+- slew-rate: Integer. Meaning depends on configured pin mux:
+ *_SCL or *_SDA:
+ 0: Standard(100kbps)& Fast(400kbps) mode
+ 1: Highspeed (3.4Mbps) mode
+ IC_DM or IC_DP:
+ 0: normal slew rate
+ 1: fast slew rate
+ Otherwise:
+ 0: fast slew rate
+ 1: normal slew rate
+- input-enable: No arguements. Enable input (does not affect
+ output.)
+- input-disable: No arguements. Disable input (does not affect
+ output.)
+
+Optional Properties (for HDMI pins):
+
+- function: String. Specifies the pin mux selection. Values
+ must be one of: "alt1", "alt2", "alt3", "alt4"
+- slew-rate: Integer. Controls slew rate.
+ 0: Standard(100kbps)& Fast(400kbps) mode
+ 1: Highspeed (3.4Mbps) mode
+- input-enable: No arguements. Enable input (does not affect
+ output.)
+- input-disable: No arguements. Disable input (does not affect
+ output.)
+
+Example:
+// pin controller node
+pinctrl@35004800 {
+ compatible = "brcmbcm11351-pinctrl";
+ reg = <0x35004800 0x430>;
+
+ // pin configuration node
+ dev_a_default: dev_a_active {
+ //group node defining 1 standard pin
+ grp_1 {
+ pins = "std_pin1";
+ function = "alt1";
+ input-schmitt-enable;
+ bias-disable;
+ slew-rate = <1>;
+ drive-strength = <4>;
+ };
+
+ // group node defining 2 I2C pins
+ grp_2 {
+ pins = "i2c_pin1", "i2c_pin2";
+ function = "alt2";
+ bias-pull-up = <720>;
+ input-enable;
+ };
+
+ // group node defining 2 HDMI pins
+ grp_3 {
+ pins = "hdmi_pin1", "hdmi_pin2";
+ function = "alt3";
+ slew-rate = <1>;
+ };
+
+ // other pin group nodes
+ ...
+ };
+
+ // other pin configuration nodes
+ ...
+};
+
+In the example above, "dev_a_active" is a pin configuration node with a number
+of sub-nodes. In the pin group node "grp_1", one pin, "std_pin1", is defined in
+the "pins" property. Thus, the remaining properties in the "grp_1" node applies
+only to this pin, including the following settings:
+ - setting pinmux to "alt1"
+ - enabling schmitt-trigger (hystersis) mode
+ - disabling pin bias
+ - setting the slew-rate to 1
+ - setting the drive strength to 4 mA
+Note that neither "input-enable" nor "input-disable" was specified - the pinctrl
+subsystem will therefore leave this property unchanged from whatever state it
+was in before applying these changes.
+
+The "pins" property in the pin group node "grp_2" specifies two pins -
+"i2c_pin1" and "i2c_pin2"; the remaining properties in this pin group node,
+therefore, applies to both of these pins. The properties include:
+ - setting pinmux to "alt2"
+ - setting pull-up resistance to 720 Ohm (ie. enabling 1.2k and 1.8k resistors
+ in parallel)
+ - enabling both pins' input
+"slew-rate" is not specified in this pin group node, so the slew-rate for these
+pins are left as-is.
+
+Finally, "grp_3" defines two HDMI pins. The following properties are applied to
+both pins:
+ - setting pinmux to "alt3"
+ - setting slew-rate to 1; for HDMI pins, this corresponds to the 3.4 Mbps
+ Highspeed mode
+The input is neither enabled or disabled, and is left untouched.
+
+=== Pin Names and Type ===
+
+The following are valid pin names and their pin types:
+
+ "adcsync", Standard
+ "bat_rm", Standard
+ "bsc1_scl", I2C
+ "bsc1_sda", I2C
+ "bsc2_scl", I2C
+ "bsc2_sda", I2C
+ "classgpwr", Standard
+ "clk_cx8", Standard
+ "clkout_0", Standard
+ "clkout_1", Standard
+ "clkout_2", Standard
+ "clkout_3", Standard
+ "clkreq_in_0", Standard
+ "clkreq_in_1", Standard
+ "cws_sys_req1", Standard
+ "cws_sys_req2", Standard
+ "cws_sys_req3", Standard
+ "digmic1_clk", Standard
+ "digmic1_dq", Standard
+ "digmic2_clk", Standard
+ "digmic2_dq", Standard
+ "gpen13", Standard
+ "gpen14", Standard
+ "gpen15", Standard
+ "gpio00", Standard
+ "gpio01", Standard
+ "gpio02", Standard
+ "gpio03", Standard
+ "gpio04", Standard
+ "gpio05", Standard
+ "gpio06", Standard
+ "gpio07", Standard
+ "gpio08", Standard
+ "gpio09", Standard
+ "gpio10", Standard
+ "gpio11", Standard
+ "gpio12", Standard
+ "gpio13", Standard
+ "gpio14", Standard
+ "gps_pablank", Standard
+ "gps_tmark", Standard
+ "hdmi_scl", HDMI
+ "hdmi_sda", HDMI
+ "ic_dm", Standard
+ "ic_dp", Standard
+ "kp_col_ip_0", Standard
+ "kp_col_ip_1", Standard
+ "kp_col_ip_2", Standard
+ "kp_col_ip_3", Standard
+ "kp_row_op_0", Standard
+ "kp_row_op_1", Standard
+ "kp_row_op_2", Standard
+ "kp_row_op_3", Standard
+ "lcd_b_0", Standard
+ "lcd_b_1", Standard
+ "lcd_b_2", Standard
+ "lcd_b_3", Standard
+ "lcd_b_4", Standard
+ "lcd_b_5", Standard
+ "lcd_b_6", Standard
+ "lcd_b_7", Standard
+ "lcd_g_0", Standard
+ "lcd_g_1", Standard
+ "lcd_g_2", Standard
+ "lcd_g_3", Standard
+ "lcd_g_4", Standard
+ "lcd_g_5", Standard
+ "lcd_g_6", Standard
+ "lcd_g_7", Standard
+ "lcd_hsync", Standard
+ "lcd_oe", Standard
+ "lcd_pclk", Standard
+ "lcd_r_0", Standard
+ "lcd_r_1", Standard
+ "lcd_r_2", Standard
+ "lcd_r_3", Standard
+ "lcd_r_4", Standard
+ "lcd_r_5", Standard
+ "lcd_r_6", Standard
+ "lcd_r_7", Standard
+ "lcd_vsync", Standard
+ "mdmgpio0", Standard
+ "mdmgpio1", Standard
+ "mdmgpio2", Standard
+ "mdmgpio3", Standard
+ "mdmgpio4", Standard
+ "mdmgpio5", Standard
+ "mdmgpio6", Standard
+ "mdmgpio7", Standard
+ "mdmgpio8", Standard
+ "mphi_data_0", Standard
+ "mphi_data_1", Standard
+ "mphi_data_2", Standard
+ "mphi_data_3", Standard
+ "mphi_data_4", Standard
+ "mphi_data_5", Standard
+ "mphi_data_6", Standard
+ "mphi_data_7", Standard
+ "mphi_data_8", Standard
+ "mphi_data_9", Standard
+ "mphi_data_10", Standard
+ "mphi_data_11", Standard
+ "mphi_data_12", Standard
+ "mphi_data_13", Standard
+ "mphi_data_14", Standard
+ "mphi_data_15", Standard
+ "mphi_ha0", Standard
+ "mphi_hat0", Standard
+ "mphi_hat1", Standard
+ "mphi_hce0_n", Standard
+ "mphi_hce1_n", Standard
+ "mphi_hrd_n", Standard
+ "mphi_hwr_n", Standard
+ "mphi_run0", Standard
+ "mphi_run1", Standard
+ "mtx_scan_clk", Standard
+ "mtx_scan_data", Standard
+ "nand_ad_0", Standard
+ "nand_ad_1", Standard
+ "nand_ad_2", Standard
+ "nand_ad_3", Standard
+ "nand_ad_4", Standard
+ "nand_ad_5", Standard
+ "nand_ad_6", Standard
+ "nand_ad_7", Standard
+ "nand_ale", Standard
+ "nand_cen_0", Standard
+ "nand_cen_1", Standard
+ "nand_cle", Standard
+ "nand_oen", Standard
+ "nand_rdy_0", Standard
+ "nand_rdy_1", Standard
+ "nand_wen", Standard
+ "nand_wp", Standard
+ "pc1", Standard
+ "pc2", Standard
+ "pmu_int", Standard
+ "pmu_scl", I2C
+ "pmu_sda", I2C
+ "rfst2g_mtsloten3g", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_rx_ctl", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_rxc", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_rxd_0", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_rxd_1", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_rxd_2", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_rxd_3", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_tx_ctl", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_txc", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_txd_0", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_txd_1", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_txd_2", Standard
+ "rgmii_0_txd_3", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_rx_ctl", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_rxc", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_rxd_0", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_rxd_1", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_rxd_2", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_rxd_3", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_tx_ctl", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_txc", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_txd_0", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_txd_1", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_txd_2", Standard
+ "rgmii_1_txd_3", Standard
+ "rgmii_gpio_0", Standard
+ "rgmii_gpio_1", Standard
+ "rgmii_gpio_2", Standard
+ "rgmii_gpio_3", Standard
+ "rtxdata2g_txdata3g1", Standard
+ "rtxen2g_txdata3g2", Standard
+ "rxdata3g0", Standard
+ "rxdata3g1", Standard
+ "rxdata3g2", Standard
+ "sdio1_clk", Standard
+ "sdio1_cmd", Standard
+ "sdio1_data_0", Standard
+ "sdio1_data_1", Standard
+ "sdio1_data_2", Standard
+ "sdio1_data_3", Standard
+ "sdio4_clk", Standard
+ "sdio4_cmd", Standard
+ "sdio4_data_0", Standard
+ "sdio4_data_1", Standard
+ "sdio4_data_2", Standard
+ "sdio4_data_3", Standard
+ "sim_clk", Standard
+ "sim_data", Standard
+ "sim_det", Standard
+ "sim_resetn", Standard
+ "sim2_clk", Standard
+ "sim2_data", Standard
+ "sim2_det", Standard
+ "sim2_resetn", Standard
+ "sri_c", Standard
+ "sri_d", Standard
+ "sri_e", Standard
+ "ssp_extclk", Standard
+ "ssp0_clk", Standard
+ "ssp0_fs", Standard
+ "ssp0_rxd", Standard
+ "ssp0_txd", Standard
+ "ssp2_clk", Standard
+ "ssp2_fs_0", Standard
+ "ssp2_fs_1", Standard
+ "ssp2_fs_2", Standard
+ "ssp2_fs_3", Standard
+ "ssp2_rxd_0", Standard
+ "ssp2_rxd_1", Standard
+ "ssp2_txd_0", Standard
+ "ssp2_txd_1", Standard
+ "ssp3_clk", Standard
+ "ssp3_fs", Standard
+ "ssp3_rxd", Standard
+ "ssp3_txd", Standard
+ "ssp4_clk", Standard
+ "ssp4_fs", Standard
+ "ssp4_rxd", Standard
+ "ssp4_txd", Standard
+ "ssp5_clk", Standard
+ "ssp5_fs", Standard
+ "ssp5_rxd", Standard
+ "ssp5_txd", Standard
+ "ssp6_clk", Standard
+ "ssp6_fs", Standard
+ "ssp6_rxd", Standard
+ "ssp6_txd", Standard
+ "stat_1", Standard
+ "stat_2", Standard
+ "sysclken", Standard
+ "traceclk", Standard
+ "tracedt00", Standard
+ "tracedt01", Standard
+ "tracedt02", Standard
+ "tracedt03", Standard
+ "tracedt04", Standard
+ "tracedt05", Standard
+ "tracedt06", Standard
+ "tracedt07", Standard
+ "tracedt08", Standard
+ "tracedt09", Standard
+ "tracedt10", Standard
+ "tracedt11", Standard
+ "tracedt12", Standard
+ "tracedt13", Standard
+ "tracedt14", Standard
+ "tracedt15", Standard
+ "txdata3g0", Standard
+ "txpwrind", Standard
+ "uartb1_ucts", Standard
+ "uartb1_urts", Standard
+ "uartb1_urxd", Standard
+ "uartb1_utxd", Standard
+ "uartb2_urxd", Standard
+ "uartb2_utxd", Standard
+ "uartb3_ucts", Standard
+ "uartb3_urts", Standard
+ "uartb3_urxd", Standard
+ "uartb3_utxd", Standard
+ "uartb4_ucts", Standard
+ "uartb4_urts", Standard
+ "uartb4_urxd", Standard
+ "uartb4_utxd", Standard
+ "vc_cam1_scl", I2C
+ "vc_cam1_sda", I2C
+ "vc_cam2_scl", I2C
+ "vc_cam2_sda", I2C
+ "vc_cam3_scl", I2C
+ "vc_cam3_sda", I2C
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx25-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx25-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd653bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx25-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Freescale IMX25 IOMUX Controller
+
+Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part
+and usage.
+
+CONFIG bits definition:
+PAD_CTL_HYS (1 << 8)
+PAD_CTL_PKE (1 << 7)
+PAD_CTL_PUE (1 << 6)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN (0 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP (1 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP (2 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_22K_UP (3 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_ODE_CMOS (0 << 3)
+PAD_CTL_ODE_OPENDRAIN (1 << 3)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_NOMINAL (0 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_HIGH (1 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_MAX (2 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST (1 << 0)
+PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW (0 << 0)
+
+Refer to imx25-pinfunc.h in device tree source folder for all available
+imx25 PIN_FUNC_ID.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx27-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx27-pinctrl.txt
index 353eca0..d1706ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx27-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx27-pinctrl.txt
@@ -52,12 +52,25 @@
CONFIG can be 0 or 1, meaning Pullup disable/enable.
+The iomux controller has gpio child nodes which are embedded in the iomux
+control registers. They have to be defined as child nodes of the iomux device
+node. If gpio subnodes are defined "#address-cells", "#size-cells" and "ranges"
+properties for the iomux device node are required.
Example:
iomuxc: iomuxc@10015000 {
compatible = "fsl,imx27-iomuxc";
reg = <0x10015000 0x600>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ ranges;
+
+ gpio1: gpio@10015000 {
+ ...
+ };
+
+ ...
uart {
pinctrl_uart1: uart-1 {
@@ -83,6 +96,15 @@
iomuxc: iomuxc@10015000 {
compatible = "fsl,imx27-iomuxc";
reg = <0x10015000 0x600>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ ranges;
+
+ gpio1: gpio@10015000 {
+ ...
+ };
+
+ ...
uart {
pinctrl_uart1: uart-1 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6464bf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra124 pinmux controller
+
+The Tegra124 pinctrl binding is very similar to the Tegra20 and Tegra30
+pinctrl binding, as described in nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt and
+nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt. In fact, this document assumes that binding as
+a baseline, and only documents the differences between the two bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nvidia,tegra124-pinmux"
+- reg: Should contain a list of base address and size pairs for:
+ -- first entry - the drive strength and pad control registers.
+ -- second entry - the pinmux registers
+
+Tegra124 adds the following optional properties for pin configuration subnodes.
+The macros for options are defined in the
+ include/dt-binding/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra.h.
+- nvidia,enable-input: Integer. Enable the pin's input path.
+ enable :TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE0 and
+ disable or output only: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE.
+- nvidia,open-drain: Integer.
+ enable: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE.
+ disable: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE.
+- nvidia,lock: Integer. Lock the pin configuration against further changes
+ until reset.
+ enable: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE.
+ disable: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE.
+- nvidia,io-reset: Integer. Reset the IO path.
+ enable: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE.
+ disable: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE.
+- nvidia,rcv-sel: Integer. Select VIL/VIH receivers.
+ normal: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE
+ high: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE
+
+Please refer the Tegra TRM for complete details regarding which groups
+support which functionality.
+
+Valid values for pin and group names are:
+
+ per-pin mux groups:
+
+ These all support nvidia,function, nvidia,tristate, nvidia,pull,
+ nvidia,enable-input. Some support nvidia,lock nvidia,open-drain,
+ nvidia,io-reset and nvidia,rcv-sel.
+
+ ulpi_data0_po1, ulpi_data1_po2, ulpi_data2_po3, ulpi_data3_po4,
+ ulpi_data4_po5, ulpi_data5_po6, ulpi_data6_po7, ulpi_data7_po0,
+ ulpi_clk_py0, ulpi_dir_py1, ulpi_nxt_py2, ulpi_stp_py3, dap3_fs_pp0,
+ dap3_din_pp1, dap3_dout_pp2, dap3_sclk_pp3, pv0, pv1, sdmmc1_clk_pz0,
+ sdmmc1_cmd_pz1, sdmmc1_dat3_py4, sdmmc1_dat2_py5, sdmmc1_dat1_py6,
+ sdmmc1_dat0_py7, clk2_out_pw5, clk2_req_pcc5, hdmi_int_pn7, ddc_scl_pv4,
+ ddc_sda_pv5, uart2_rxd_pc3, uart2_txd_pc2, uart2_rts_n_pj6,
+ uart2_cts_n_pj5, uart3_txd_pw6, uart3_rxd_pw7, uart3_cts_n_pa1,
+ uart3_rts_n_pc0, pu0, pu1, pu2, pu3, pu4, pu5, pu6, gen1_i2c_scl_pc4,
+ gen1_i2c_sda_pc5, dap4_fs_pp4, dap4_din_pp5, dap4_dout_pp6,
+ dap4_sclk_pp7, clk3_out_pee0, clk3_req_pee1, pc7, pi5, pi7, pk0, pk1,
+ pj0, pj2, pk3, pk4, pk2, pi3, pi6, pg0, pg1, pg2, pg3, pg4, pg5, pg6,
+ pg7, ph0, ph1, ph2, ph3, ph4, ph5, ph6, ph7, pj7, pb0, pb1, pk7, pi0,
+ pi1, pi2, pi4, gen2_i2c_scl_pt5, gen2_i2c_sda_pt6, sdmmc4_clk_pcc4,
+ sdmmc4_cmd_pt7, sdmmc4_dat0_paa0, sdmmc4_dat1_paa1, sdmmc4_dat2_paa2,
+ sdmmc4_dat3_paa3, sdmmc4_dat4_paa4, sdmmc4_dat5_paa5, sdmmc4_dat6_paa6,
+ sdmmc4_dat7_paa7, cam_mclk_pcc0, pcc1, pbb0, cam_i2c_scl_pbb1,
+ cam_i2c_sda_pbb2, pbb3, pbb4, pbb5, pbb6, pbb7, pcc2, jtag_rtck,
+ pwr_i2c_scl_pz6, pwr_i2c_sda_pz7, kb_row0_pr0, kb_row1_pr1, kb_row2_pr2,
+ kb_row3_pr3, kb_row4_pr4, kb_row5_pr5, kb_row6_pr6, kb_row7_pr7,
+ kb_row8_ps0, kb_row9_ps1, kb_row10_ps2, kb_row11_ps3, kb_row12_ps4,
+ kb_row13_ps5, kb_row14_ps6, kb_row15_ps7, kb_col0_pq0, kb_col1_pq1,
+ kb_col2_pq2, kb_col3_pq3, kb_col4_pq4, kb_col5_pq5, kb_col6_pq6,
+ kb_col7_pq7, clk_32k_out_pa0, core_pwr_req, cpu_pwr_req, pwr_int_n,
+ clk_32k_in, owr, dap1_fs_pn0, dap1_din_pn1, dap1_dout_pn2,
+ dap1_sclk_pn3, dap_mclk1_req_pee2, dap_mclk1_pw4, spdif_in_pk6,
+ spdif_out_pk5, dap2_fs_pa2, dap2_din_pa4, dap2_dout_pa5, dap2_sclk_pa3,
+ dvfs_pwm_px0, gpio_x1_aud_px1, gpio_x3_aud_px3, dvfs_clk_px2,
+ gpio_x4_aud_px4, gpio_x5_aud_px5, gpio_x6_aud_px6, gpio_x7_aud_px7,
+ sdmmc3_clk_pa6, sdmmc3_cmd_pa7, sdmmc3_dat0_pb7, sdmmc3_dat1_pb6,
+ sdmmc3_dat2_pb5, sdmmc3_dat3_pb4, pex_l0_rst_n_pdd1,
+ pex_l0_clkreq_n_pdd2, pex_wake_n_pdd3, pex_l1_rst_n_pdd5,
+ pex_l1_clkreq_n_pdd6, hdmi_cec_pee3, sdmmc1_wp_n_pv3,
+ sdmmc3_cd_n_pv2, gpio_w2_aud_pw2, gpio_w3_aud_pw3, usb_vbus_en0_pn4,
+ usb_vbus_en1_pn5, sdmmc3_clk_lb_out_pee4, sdmmc3_clk_lb_in_pee5,
+ gmi_clk_lb, reset_out_n, kb_row16_pt0, kb_row17_pt1, usb_vbus_en2_pff1,
+ pff2, dp_hpd_pff0,
+
+ drive groups:
+
+ These all support nvidia,pull-down-strength, nvidia,pull-up-strength,
+ nvidia,slew-rate-rising, nvidia,slew-rate-falling. Most but not all
+ support nvidia,high-speed-mode, nvidia,schmitt, nvidia,low-power-mode
+ and nvidia,drive-type.
+
+ ao1, ao2, at1, at2, at3, at4, at5, cdev1, cdev2, dap1, dap2, dap3, dap4,
+ dbg, sdio3, spi, uaa, uab, uart2, uart3, sdio1, ddc, gma, gme, gmf, gmg,
+ gmh, owr, uda, gpv, dev3, cec, usb_vbus_en, ao3, ao0, hv0, sdio4, ao4.
+
+Valid values for nvidia,functions are:
+
+ blink, cec, cldvfs, clk12, cpu, dap, dap1, dap2, dev3, displaya,
+ displaya_alt, displayb, dtv, extperiph1, extperiph2, extperiph3,
+ gmi, gmi_alt, hda, hsi, i2c1, i2c2, i2c3, i2c4, i2cpwr, i2s0,
+ i2s1, i2s2, i2s3, i2s4, irda, kbc, owr, pmi, pwm0, pwm1, pwm2, pwm3,
+ pwron, reset_out_n, rsvd1, rsvd2, rsvd3, rsvd4, sdmmc1, sdmmc2, sdmmc3,
+ sdmmc4, soc, spdif, spi1, spi2, spi3, spi4, spi5, spi6, trace, uarta,
+ uartb, uartc, uartd, ulpi, usb, vgp1, vgp2, vgp3, vgp4, vgp5, vgp6,
+ vi, vi_alt1, vi_alt3, vimclk2, vimclk2_alt, sata, ccla, pe0, pe, pe1,
+ dp, rtck, sys, clk tmds.
+
+Example:
+
+ pinmux: pinmux {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-pinmux";
+ reg = <0x70000868 0x164 /* Pad control registers */
+ 0x70003000 0x434>; /* PinMux registers */
+ };
+
+Example pinmux entries:
+
+ pinctrl {
+ sdmmc4_default: pinmux {
+ sdmmc4_clk_pcc4 {
+ nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_clk_pcc4",
+ nvidia,function = "sdmmc4";
+ nvidia,pull = <TEGRA_PIN_PULL_NONE>;
+ nvidia,tristate = <TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE>;
+ };
+
+ sdmmc4_dat0_paa0 {
+ nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_dat0_paa0",
+ "sdmmc4_dat1_paa1",
+ "sdmmc4_dat2_paa2",
+ "sdmmc4_dat3_paa3",
+ "sdmmc4_dat4_paa4",
+ "sdmmc4_dat5_paa5",
+ "sdmmc4_dat6_paa6",
+ "sdmmc4_dat7_paa7";
+ nvidia,function = "sdmmc4";
+ nvidia,pull = <TEGRA_PIN_PULL_UP>;
+ nvidia,tristate = <TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ sdhci@78000400 {
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc4_default>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
index 1958ca9..4414163 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
@@ -151,6 +151,8 @@
drive-open-drain - drive with open drain
drive-open-source - drive with open source
drive-strength - sink or source at most X mA
+input-enable - enable input on pin (no effect on output)
+input-disable - disable input on pin (no effect on output)
input-schmitt-enable - enable schmitt-trigger mode
input-schmitt-disable - disable schmitt-trigger mode
input-debounce - debounce mode with debound time X
@@ -158,6 +160,7 @@
low-power-disable - disable low power mode
output-low - set the pin to output mode with low level
output-high - set the pin to output mode with high level
+slew-rate - set the slew rate
Some of the generic properties take arguments. For those that do, the
arguments are described below.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt
index 7069a0b..bc0dfdf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
In case when one register changes more than one pin's mux the
pinctrl-single,bits need to be used which takes three parameters:
- pinctrl-single,bits = <0xdc 0x18, 0xff>;
+ pinctrl-single,bits = <0xdc 0x18 0xff>;
Where 0xdc is the offset from the pinctrl register base address for the
device pinctrl register, 0x18 is the desired value, and 0xff is the sub mask to
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c352be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+Qualcomm MSM8974 TLMM block
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "qcom,msm8x74-pinctrl"
+- reg: Should be the base address and length of the TLMM block.
+- interrupts: Should be the parent IRQ of the TLMM block.
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Should be two.
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+- #gpio-cells : Should be two.
+ The first cell is the gpio pin number and the
+ second cell is used for optional parameters.
+
+Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt and ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for
+a general description of GPIO and interrupt bindings.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+Qualcomm's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration
+parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc.
+
+The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated
+and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In
+other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration
+parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters.
+Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no
+information about e.g. the mux function.
+
+
+The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid
+to specify in a pin configuration subnode:
+ pins, function, bias-disable, bias-pull-down, bias-pull,up, drive-strength.
+
+Non-empty subnodes must specify the 'pins' property.
+Note that not all properties are valid for all pins.
+
+
+Valid values for qcom,pins are:
+ gpio0-gpio145
+ Supports mux, bias and drive-strength
+
+ sdc1_clk, sdc1_cmd, sdc1_data, sdc2_clk, sdc2_cmd, sdc2_data
+ Supports bias and drive-strength
+
+Valid values for qcom,function are:
+ blsp_i2c2, blsp_i2c6, blsp_i2c11, blsp_spi1, blsp_uart2, blsp_uart8, slimbus
+
+ (Note that this is not yet the complete list of functions)
+
+
+
+Example:
+
+ msmgpio: pinctrl@fd510000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,msm8974-pinctrl";
+ reg = <0xfd510000 0x4000>;
+
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ interrupts = <0 208 0>;
+
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&uart2_default>;
+
+ uart2_default: uart2_default {
+ mux {
+ qcom,pins = "gpio4", "gpio5";
+ qcom,function = "blsp_uart2";
+ };
+
+ tx {
+ qcom,pins = "gpio4";
+ drive-strength = <4>;
+ bias-disable;
+ };
+
+ rx {
+ qcom,pins = "gpio5";
+ drive-strength = <2>;
+ bias-pull-up;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt
index d5dac7b..35d2e1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,11 @@
- #gpio-range-cells: Mandatory when the PFC doesn't handle GPIO, forbidden
otherwise. Should be 3.
+ - interrupts-extended: Specify the interrupts associated with external
+ IRQ pins. This property is mandatory when the PFC handles GPIOs and
+ forbidden otherwise. When specified, it must contain one interrupt per
+ external IRQ, sorted by external IRQ number.
+
The PFC node also acts as a container for pin configuration nodes. Please refer
to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for the definition of the term "pin
configuration node" and for the common pinctrl bindings used by client devices.
@@ -103,6 +108,15 @@
<0xe605801c 0x1c>;
gpio-controller;
#gpio-cells = <2>;
+ interrupts-extended =
+ <&irqpin0 0 0>, <&irqpin0 1 0>, <&irqpin0 2 0>, <&irqpin0 3 0>,
+ <&irqpin0 4 0>, <&irqpin0 5 0>, <&irqpin0 6 0>, <&irqpin0 7 0>,
+ <&irqpin1 0 0>, <&irqpin1 1 0>, <&irqpin1 2 0>, <&irqpin1 3 0>,
+ <&irqpin1 4 0>, <&irqpin1 5 0>, <&irqpin1 6 0>, <&irqpin1 7 0>,
+ <&irqpin2 0 0>, <&irqpin2 1 0>, <&irqpin2 2 0>, <&irqpin2 3 0>,
+ <&irqpin2 4 0>, <&irqpin2 5 0>, <&irqpin2 6 0>, <&irqpin2 7 0>,
+ <&irqpin3 0 0>, <&irqpin3 1 0>, <&irqpin3 2 0>, <&irqpin3 3 0>,
+ <&irqpin3 4 0>, <&irqpin3 5 0>, <&irqpin3 6 0>, <&irqpin3 7 0>;
};
Example 2: A GPIO LED node that references a GPIO
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq2415x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq2415x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0327f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq2415x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Binding for TI bq2415x Li-Ion Charger
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+ * "ti,bq24150"
+ * "ti,bq24150"
+ * "ti,bq24150a"
+ * "ti,bq24151"
+ * "ti,bq24151a"
+ * "ti,bq24152"
+ * "ti,bq24153"
+ * "ti,bq24153a"
+ * "ti,bq24155"
+ * "ti,bq24156"
+ * "ti,bq24156a"
+ * "ti,bq24158"
+- reg: integer, i2c address of the device.
+- ti,current-limit: integer, initial maximum current charger can pull
+ from power supply in mA.
+- ti,weak-battery-voltage: integer, weak battery voltage threshold in mV.
+ The chip will use slow precharge if battery voltage
+ is below this value.
+- ti,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum charging voltage in mV.
+- ti,charge-current: integer, maximum charging current in mA.
+- ti,termination-current: integer, charge will be terminated when current in
+ constant-voltage phase drops below this value (in mA).
+- ti,resistor-sense: integer, value of sensing resistor in milliohm.
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,usb-charger-detection: phandle to usb charger detection device.
+ (required for auto mode)
+
+Example from Nokia N900:
+
+bq24150a {
+ compatible = "ti,bq24150a";
+ reg = <0x6b>;
+
+ ti,current-limit = <100>;
+ ti,weak-battery-voltage = <3400>;
+ ti,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200>;
+ ti,charge-current = <650>;
+ ti,termination-current = <100>;
+ ti,resistor-sense = <68>;
+
+ ti,usb-charger-detection = <&isp1704>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/isp1704.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/isp1704.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa35969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/isp1704.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Binding for NXP ISP1704 USB Charger Detection
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+ * "nxp,isp1704"
+- nxp,enable-gpio: Should contain a phandle + gpio-specifier
+ to the GPIO pin connected to the chip's enable pin.
+- usb-phy: Should contain a phandle to the USB PHY
+ the ISP1704 is connected to.
+
+Example:
+
+isp1704 {
+ compatible = "nxp,isp1704";
+ nxp,enable-gpio = <&gpio3 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/charger-manager.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/charger-manager.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b33750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/charger-manager.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+charger-manager bindings
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Required properties :
+ - compatible : "charger-manager"
+ - <>-supply : for regulator consumer
+ - cm-num-chargers : number of chargers
+ - cm-chargers : name of chargers
+ - cm-fuel-gauge : name of battery fuel gauge
+ - subnode <regulator> :
+ - cm-regulator-name : name of charger regulator
+ - subnode <cable> :
+ - cm-cable-name : name of charger cable
+ - cm-cable-extcon : name of extcon dev
+(optional) - cm-cable-min : minimum current of cable
+(optional) - cm-cable-max : maximum current of cable
+
+Optional properties :
+ - cm-name : charger manager's name (default : "battery")
+ - cm-poll-mode : polling mode (enum polling_modes)
+ - cm-poll-interval : polling interval
+ - cm-battery-stat : battery status (enum data_source)
+ - cm-fullbatt-* : data for full battery checking
+ - cm-thermal-zone : name of external thermometer's thermal zone
+ - cm-battery-* : threshold battery temperature for charging
+ -cold : critical cold temperature of battery for charging
+ -cold-in-minus : flag that cold temerature is in minus degree
+ -hot : critical hot temperature of battery for charging
+ -temp-diff : temperature difference to allow recharging
+ - cm-dis/charging-max = limits of charging duration
+
+Example :
+ charger-manager@0 {
+ compatible = "charger-manager";
+ chg-reg-supply = <&charger_regulator>;
+
+ cm-name = "battery";
+ /* Always polling ON : 30s */
+ cm-poll-mode = <1>;
+ cm-poll-interval = <30000>;
+
+ cm-fullbatt-vchkdrop-ms = <30000>;
+ cm-fullbatt-vchkdrop-volt = <150000>;
+ cm-fullbatt-soc = <100>;
+
+ cm-battery-stat = <3>;
+
+ cm-num-chargers = <3>;
+ cm-chargers = "charger0", "charger1", "charger2";
+
+ cm-fuel-gauge = "fuelgauge0";
+
+ cm-thermal-zone = "thermal_zone.1"
+ /* in deci centigrade */
+ cm-battery-cold = <50>;
+ cm-battery-cold-in-minus;
+ cm-battery-hot = <800>;
+ cm-battery-temp-diff = <100>;
+
+ /* Allow charging for 5hr */
+ cm-charging-max = <18000000>;
+ /* Allow discharging for 2hr */
+ cm-discharging-max = <7200000>;
+
+ regulator@0 {
+ cm-regulator-name = "chg-reg";
+ cable@0 {
+ cm-cable-name = "USB";
+ cm-cable-extcon = "extcon-dev.0";
+ cm-cable-min = <475000>;
+ cm-cable-max = <500000>;
+ };
+ cable@1 {
+ cm-cable-name = "TA";
+ cm-cable-extcon = "extcon-dev.0";
+ cm-cable-min = <650000>;
+ cm-cable-max = <675000>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt
index 0e42694..29b28b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,6 @@
Example:
ethernet@11300 {
- device_type = "network";
compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-fcc-enet",
"fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet";
reg = <11300 20 8400 100 11390 1>;
@@ -33,7 +32,6 @@
Example:
mdio@10d40 {
- device_type = "mdio";
compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-mdio-bitbang",
"fsl,mpc8272-mdio-bitbang",
"fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt
index c5b4306..ec6ee2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
* Pin configuration nodes
Required properties:
-- linux,phandle : phandle of this node; likely referenced by a QE
- device.
- pio-map : array of pin configurations. Each pin is defined by 6
integers. The six numbers are respectively: port, pin, dir,
open_drain, assignment, has_irq.
@@ -29,7 +27,6 @@
Example:
ucc_pin@01 {
- linux,phandle = <140001>;
pio-map = <
/* port pin dir open_drain assignment has_irq */
0 3 1 0 1 0 /* TxD0 */
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02331b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Atmel PWM controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be one of:
+ - "atmel,at91sam9rl-pwm"
+ - "atmel,sama5d3-pwm"
+ - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
+ - #pwm-cells: Should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a
+ description of the cells format.
+
+Example:
+
+ pwm0: pwm@f8034000 {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9rl-pwm";
+ reg = <0xf8034000 0x400>;
+ #pwm-cells = <3>;
+ };
+
+ pwmleds {
+ compatible = "pwm-leds";
+
+ d1 {
+ label = "d1";
+ pwms = <&pwm0 3 5000 0>
+ max-brightness = <255>;
+ };
+
+ d2 {
+ label = "d2";
+ pwms = <&pwm0 1 5000 1>
+ max-brightness = <255>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt
index c3fc57a..c7ea9d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,12 @@
- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
- #pwm-cells: should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
the cells format.
+- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - pwm
Example:
@@ -14,4 +20,7 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-pwm";
reg = <0x7000a000 0x100>;
#pwm-cells = <2>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 17>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 17>;
+ reset-names = "pwm";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-lp3943.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-lp3943.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd9d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-lp3943.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+TI/National Semiconductor LP3943 PWM controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "ti,lp3943-pwm"
+ - #pwm-cells: Should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a
+ description of the cells format.
+ Note that this hardware limits the period length to the
+ range 6250~1600000.
+ - ti,pwm0 or ti,pwm1: Output pin number(s) for PWM channel 0 or 1.
+ 0 = output 0
+ 1 = output 1
+ .
+ .
+ 15 = output 15
+
+Example:
+PWM 0 is for RGB LED brightness control
+PWM 1 is for brightness control of LP8557 backlight device
+
+&i2c3 {
+ lp3943@60 {
+ compatible = "ti,lp3943";
+ reg = <0x60>;
+
+ /*
+ * PWM 0 : output 8, 9 and 10
+ * PWM 1 : output 15
+ */
+ pwm3943: pwm {
+ compatible = "ti,lp3943-pwm";
+ #pwm-cells = <2>;
+ ti,pwm0 = <8 9 10>;
+ ti,pwm1 = <15>;
+ };
+ };
+
+};
+
+/* LEDs control with PWM 0 of LP3943 */
+pwmleds {
+ compatible = "pwm-leds";
+ rgb {
+ label = "indi::rgb";
+ pwms = <&pwm3943 0 10000>;
+ max-brightness = <255>;
+ };
+};
+
+&i2c4 {
+ /* Backlight control with PWM 1 of LP3943 */
+ backlight@2c {
+ compatible = "ti,lp8557";
+ reg = <0x2c>;
+
+ pwms = <&pwm3943 1 10000>;
+ pwm-names = "lp8557";
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pxa-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pxa-pwm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ae9f1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pxa-pwm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Marvell PWM controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be one or more of:
+ - "marvell,pxa250-pwm"
+ - "marvell,pxa270-pwm"
+ - "marvell,pxa168-pwm"
+ - "marvell,pxa910-pwm"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers used by the PWM channel
+ Note that one device instance must be created for each PWM that is used, so the
+ length covers only the register window for one PWM output, not that of the
+ entire PWM controller. Currently length is 0x10 for all supported devices.
+- #pwm-cells: Should be 1. This cell is used to specify the period in
+ nanoseconds.
+
+Example PWM device node:
+
+pwm0: pwm@40b00000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,pxa250-pwm";
+ reg = <0x40b00000 0x10>;
+ #pwm-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+Example PWM client node:
+
+backlight {
+ compatible = "pwm-backlight";
+ pwms = <&pwm0 5000000>;
+ ...
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bef1fbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+ACT8865 regulator
+-------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "active-semi,act8865"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+
+Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single regulator.
+
+The valid names for regulators are:
+ DCDC_REG1, DCDC_REG2, DCDC_REG3, LDO_REG1, LDO_REG2, LDO_REG3, LDO_REG4.
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+ i2c1: i2c@f0018000 {
+ pmic: act8865@5b {
+ compatible = "active-semi,act8865";
+ reg = <0x5b>;
+ status = "disabled";
+
+ regulators {
+ vcc_1v8_reg: DCDC_REG1 {
+ regulator-name = "VCC_1V8";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vcc_1v2_reg: DCDC_REG2 {
+ regulator-name = "VCC_1V2";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
+ regulator-suspend-mem-microvolt = <1150000>;
+ regulator-suspend-standby-microvolt = <1150000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vcc_3v3_reg: DCDC_REG3 {
+ regulator-name = "VCC_3V3";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vddana_reg: LDO_REG1 {
+ regulator-name = "VDDANA";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vddfuse_reg: LDO_REG2 {
+ regulator-name = "FUSE_2V5";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <2500000>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
index d1660a9..fc6b38f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
- LDOn
- valid values for n are 1 to 28
- - Example: LDO0, LD01, LDO28
+ - Example: LDO1, LD02, LDO28
- BUCKn
- valid values for n are 1 to 9.
- Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31406fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Haoyu Microelectronics HYM8563 Real Time Clock
+
+The HYM8563 provides basic rtc and alarm functionality
+as well as a clock output of up to 32kHz.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be: "haoyu,hym8563"
+- reg: i2c address
+- interrupts: rtc alarm/event interrupt
+- #clock-cells: the value should be 0
+
+Example:
+
+hym8563: hym8563@51 {
+ compatible = "haoyu,hym8563";
+ reg = <0x51>;
+
+ interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+};
+
+device {
+...
+ clocks = <&hym8563>;
+...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds1742.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds1742.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0f937c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds1742.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+* Maxim (Dallas) DS1742/DS1743 Real Time Clock
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "maxim,ds1742".
+- reg: Physical base address of the RTC and length of memory
+ mapped region.
+
+Example:
+ rtc: rtc@10000000 {
+ compatible = "maxim,ds1742";
+ reg = <0x10000000 0x800>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt
index 93f45e9..652d1ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-rtc".
- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
- interrupts : A single interrupt specifier.
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
Example:
@@ -16,4 +18,5 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-rtc";
reg = <0x7000e000 0x100>;
interrupts = <0 2 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 4>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb9dbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* sun4i/sun7i Real Time Clock
+
+RTC controller for the Allwinner A10/A20
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "allwinner,sun4i-rtc" or "allwinner,sun7i-a20-rtc"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+- interrupts: IRQ line for the RTC.
+
+Example:
+
+rtc: rtc@01c20d00 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-rtc";
+ reg = <0x01c20d00 0x20>;
+ interrupts = <24>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
index 2191dcb..9c5d19a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,9 @@
additional mode or an USART new feature.
- reg: Should contain registers location and length
- interrupts: Should contain interrupt
+- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
+ Required elements: "usart"
+- clocks: phandles to input clocks.
Optional properties:
- atmel,use-dma-rx: use of PDC or DMA for receiving data
@@ -26,6 +29,8 @@
compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
reg = <0xfff8c000 0x4000>;
interrupts = <7>;
+ clocks = <&usart0_clk>;
+ clock-names = "usart";
atmel,use-dma-rx;
atmel,use-dma-tx;
};
@@ -35,6 +40,8 @@
compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
reg = <0xf001c000 0x100>;
interrupts = <12 4 5>;
+ clocks = <&usart0_clk>;
+ clock-names = "usart";
atmel,use-dma-rx;
atmel,use-dma-tx;
dmas = <&dma0 2 0x3>,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cirrus,clps711x-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cirrus,clps711x-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12f3cf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cirrus,clps711x-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* Cirrus Logic CLPS711X Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "cirrus,clps711x-uart".
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts: Should contain UART TX and RX interrupt.
+- clocks: Should contain UART core clock number.
+- syscon: Phandle to SYSCON node, which contain UART control bits.
+
+Optional properties:
+- uart-use-ms: Indicate the UART has modem signal (DCD, DSR, CTS).
+
+Note: Each UART port should have an alias correctly numbered
+in "aliases" node.
+
+Example:
+ aliases {
+ serial0 = &uart1;
+ };
+
+ uart1: uart@80000480 {
+ compatible = "cirrus,clps711x-uart";
+ reg = <0x80000480 0x80>;
+ interrupts = <12 13>;
+ clocks = <&clks 11>;
+ syscon = <&syscon1>;
+ uart-use-ms;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
index 392a449..845850c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,17 @@
- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra30-hsuart", "nvidia,tegra20-hsuart".
- reg: Should contain UART controller registers location and length.
- interrupts: Should contain UART controller interrupts.
-- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
- request selector for this UART controller.
+- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - serial
+- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../dma/dma.txt for details.
+- dma-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - rx
+ - tx
Optional properties:
- nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt: Enable modem interrupts. Should be enable
@@ -18,7 +27,11 @@
reg = <0x70006000 0x40>;
reg-shift = <2>;
interrupts = <0 36 0x04>;
- nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 8>;
nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 6>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 6>;
+ reset-names = "serial";
+ dmas = <&apbdma 8>, <&apbdma 8>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
status = "disabled";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f372cf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* Renesas SH-Mobile Serial Communication Interface
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible: Must contain one of the following:
+
+ - "renesas,scif-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifa-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIFA compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifb-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIFB compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,hscif-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) HSCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scif-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifa-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIFA compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifb-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIFB compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,hscif-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) HSCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scif" for generic SCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifa" for generic SCIFA compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifb" for generic SCIFB compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,hscif" for generic HSCIF compatible UART.
+
+ When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
+ SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first followed by the
+ generic version.
+
+ - reg: Base address and length of the I/O registers used by the UART.
+ - interrupts: Must contain an interrupt-specifier for the SCIx interrupt.
+
+ - clocks: Must contain a phandle and clock-specifier pair for each entry
+ in clock-names.
+ - clock-names: Must contain "sci_ick" for the SCIx UART interface clock.
+
+Note: Each enabled SCIx UART should have an alias correctly numbered in the
+"aliases" node.
+
+Example:
+ aliases {
+ serial0 = &scifa0;
+ };
+
+ scifa0: serial@e6c40000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,scifa-r8a7790", "renesas,scifa-generic";
+ reg = <0 0xe6c40000 0 64>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupts = <0 144 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCIFA0>;
+ clock-names = "sci_ick";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/vt8500-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/vt8500-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..795c393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/vt8500-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* VIA VT8500 and WonderMedia WM8xxx UART Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "via,vt8500-uart"
+
+- reg: base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+- interrupts: hardware interrupt number
+
+- clocks: shall be the input parent clock phandle for the clock. This should
+ be the 24Mhz reference clock.
+
+Aliases may be defined to ensure the correct ordering of the uarts.
+
+Example:
+ aliases {
+ serial0 = &uart0;
+ };
+
+ uart0: serial@d8200000 {
+ compatible = "via,vt8500-uart";
+ reg = <0xd8200000 0x1040>;
+ interrupts = <32>;
+ clocks = <&clkuart0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-i2s.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5875ca4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-i2s.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+ADI AXI-I2S controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : Must be "adi,axi-i2s-1.00.a"
+ - reg : Must contain I2S core's registers location and length
+ - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks.
+ The controller expects two clocks, the clock used for the AXI interface and
+ the clock used as the sampling rate reference clock sample.
+ - clock-names : "axi" for the clock to the AXI interface, "ref" for the sample
+ rate reference clock.
+ - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channels that are used by
+ the core. The core expects two dma channels, one for transmit and one for
+ receive.
+ - dma-names : "tx" for the transmit channel, "rx" for the receive channel.
+
+For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' properties
+please check:
+ * resource-names.txt
+ * clock/clock-bindings.txt
+ * dma/dma.txt
+
+Example:
+
+ i2s: i2s@0x77600000 {
+ compatible = "adi,axi-i2s-1.00.a";
+ reg = <0x77600000 0x1000>;
+ clocks = <&clk 15>, <&audio_clock>;
+ clock-names = "axi", "ref";
+ dmas = <&ps7_dma 0>, <&ps7_dma 1>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-spdif-tx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-spdif-tx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46f3449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-spdif-tx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+ADI AXI-SPDIF controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : Must be "adi,axi-spdif-1.00.a"
+ - reg : Must contain SPDIF core's registers location and length
+ - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks.
+ The controller expects two clocks, the clock used for the AXI interface and
+ the clock used as the sampling rate reference clock sample.
+ - clock-names: "axi" for the clock to the AXI interface, "ref" for the sample
+ rate reference clock.
+ - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channel that is used by
+ the core. The core expects one dma channel for transmit.
+ - dma-names : Must be "tx"
+
+For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' properties
+please check:
+ * resource-names.txt
+ * clock/clock-bindings.txt
+ * dma/dma.txt
+
+Example:
+
+ spdif: spdif@0x77400000 {
+ compatible = "adi,axi-spdif-tx-1.00.a";
+ reg = <0x77600000 0x1000>;
+ clocks = <&clk 15>, <&audio_clock>;
+ clock-names = "axi", "ref";
+ dmas = <&ps7_dma 0>;
+ dma-names = "tx";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bcm2835-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bcm2835-i2s.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65783de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bcm2835-i2s.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Broadcom BCM2835 SoC I2S/PCM module
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "brcm,bcm2835-i2s"
+- reg: A list of base address and size entries:
+ * The first entry should cover the PCM registers
+ * The second entry should cover the PCM clock registers
+- dmas: List of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs.
+- dma-names: Identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property.
+ These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas.
+
+ One of the DMA channels will be responsible for transmission (should be
+ named "tx") and one for reception (should be named "rx").
+
+Example:
+
+bcm2835_i2s: i2s@7e203000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-i2s";
+ reg = <0x7e203000 0x20>,
+ <0x7e101098 0x02>;
+
+ dmas = <&dma 2>,
+ <&dma 3>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l52.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l52.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc03c93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l52.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+CS42L52 audio CODEC
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : "cirrus,cs42l52"
+
+ - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - cirrus,reset-gpio : GPIO controller's phandle and the number
+ of the GPIO used to reset the codec.
+
+ - cirrus,chgfreq-divisor : Values used to set the Charge Pump Frequency.
+ Allowable values of 0x00 through 0x0F. These are raw values written to the
+ register, not the actual frequency. The frequency is determined by the following.
+ Frequency = (64xFs)/(N+2)
+ N = chgfreq_val
+ Fs = Sample Rate (variable)
+
+ - cirrus,mica-differential-cfg : boolean, If present, then the MICA input is configured
+ as a differential input. If not present then the MICA input is configured as
+ Single-ended input. Single-ended mode allows for MIC1 or MIC2 muxing for input.
+
+ - cirrus,micb-differential-cfg : boolean, If present, then the MICB input is configured
+ as a differential input. If not present then the MICB input is configured as
+ Single-ended input. Single-ended mode allows for MIC1 or MIC2 muxing for input.
+
+ - cirrus,micbias-lvl: Set the output voltage level on the MICBIAS Pin
+ 0 = 0.5 x VA
+ 1 = 0.6 x VA
+ 2 = 0.7 x VA
+ 3 = 0.8 x VA
+ 4 = 0.83 x VA
+ 5 = 0.91 x VA
+
+Example:
+
+codec: codec@4a {
+ compatible = "cirrus,cs42l52";
+ reg = <0x4a>;
+ reset-gpio = <&gpio 10 0>;
+ cirrus,chgfreq-divisor = <0x05>;
+ cirrus.mica-differential-cfg;
+ cirrus,micbias-lvl = <5>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
index ed785b3..569b26c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,8 @@
- compatible :
"ti,dm646x-mcasp-audio" : for DM646x platforms
"ti,da830-mcasp-audio" : for both DA830 & DA850 platforms
- "ti,am33xx-mcasp-audio" : for AM33xx platforms (AM33xx, TI81xx)
+ "ti,am33xx-mcasp-audio" : for AM33xx platforms (AM33xx, AM43xx, TI81xx)
+ "ti,dra7-mcasp-audio" : for DRA7xx platforms
- reg : Should contain reg specifiers for the entries in the reg-names property.
- reg-names : Should contain:
@@ -36,7 +37,8 @@
- pinctrl-0: Should specify pin control group used for this controller.
- pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default", for more details
please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt
-
+- fck_parent : Should contain a valid clock name which will be used as parent
+ for the McASP fck
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b99fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+Freescale Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Controller
+
+The Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) provides a full-duplex serial port
+for serial communication with a variety of serial devices, including industry
+standard codecs, Sony/Phillips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) transceivers, and
+other DSPs. It has up to six transmitters and four receivers.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : Compatible list, must contain "fsl,imx35-esai".
+
+ - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device.
+
+ - interrupts : Contains the spdif interrupt.
+
+ - dmas : Generic dma devicetree binding as described in
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt.
+
+ - dma-names : Two dmas have to be defined, "tx" and "rx".
+
+ - clocks: Contains an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+
+ - clock-names : Includes the following entries:
+ "core" The core clock used to access registers
+ "extal" The esai baud clock for esai controller used to derive
+ HCK, SCK and FS.
+ "fsys" The system clock derived from ahb clock used to derive
+ HCK, SCK and FS.
+
+ - fsl,fifo-depth: The number of elements in the transmit and receive FIFOs.
+ This number is the maximum allowed value for TFCR[TFWM] or RFCR[RFWM].
+
+ - fsl,esai-synchronous: This is a boolean property. If present, indicating
+ that ESAI would work in the synchronous mode, which means all the settings
+ for Receiving would be duplicated from Transmition related registers.
+
+Example:
+
+esai: esai@02024000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx35-esai";
+ reg = <0x02024000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <0 51 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&clks 208>, <&clks 118>, <&clks 208>;
+ clock-names = "core", "extal", "fsys";
+ dmas = <&sdma 23 21 0>, <&sdma 24 21 0>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+ fsl,fifo-depth = <128>;
+ fsl,esai-synchronous;
+ status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt
index 4303b6a..b93e9a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,12 @@
be programmed in AC97, I2S, left-justified, or right-justified modes.
Required properties:
-- compatible: Compatible list, contains "fsl,ssi".
+- compatible: Compatible list, should contain one of the following
+ compatibles:
+ fsl,mpc8610-ssi
+ fsl,imx51-ssi
+ fsl,imx35-ssi
+ fsl,imx21-ssi
- cell-index: The SSI, <0> = SSI1, <1> = SSI2, and so on.
- reg: Offset and length of the register set for the device.
- interrupts: <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98611a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Freescale Synchronous Audio Interface (SAI).
+
+The SAI is based on I2S module that used communicating with audio codecs,
+which provides a synchronous audio interface that supports fullduplex
+serial interfaces with frame synchronization such as I2S, AC97, TDM, and
+codec/DSP interfaces.
+
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Compatible list, contains "fsl,vf610-sai".
+- reg: Offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names : Must include the "sai" entry.
+- dmas : Generic dma devicetree binding as described in
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt.
+- dma-names : Two dmas have to be defined, "tx" and "rx".
+- pinctrl-names: Must contain a "default" entry.
+- pinctrl-NNN: One property must exist for each entry in pinctrl-names.
+ See ../pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt for details of the property values.
+- big-endian-regs: If this property is absent, the little endian mode will
+ be in use as default, or the big endian mode will be in use for all the
+ device registers.
+- big-endian-data: If this property is absent, the little endian mode will
+ be in use as default, or the big endian mode will be in use for all the
+ fifo data.
+
+Example:
+sai2: sai@40031000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,vf610-sai";
+ reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_sai2_1>;
+ clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_SAI2>;
+ clock-names = "sai";
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+ dmas = <&edma0 0 VF610_EDMA_MUXID0_SAI2_TX>,
+ <&edma0 0 VF610_EDMA_MUXID0_SAI2_RX>;
+ big-endian-regs;
+ big-endian-data;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/hdmi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31af7bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/hdmi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for dummy HDMI codec
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be "linux,hdmi-audio".
+
+CODEC output pins:
+ * TX
+
+CODEC input pins:
+ * RX
+
+Example node:
+
+ hdmi_audio: hdmi_audio@0 {
+ compatible = "linux,hdmi-audio";
+ status = "okay";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4c8b36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+MAX98090 audio CODEC
+
+This device supports I2C only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : "maxim,max98090".
+
+- reg : The I2C address of the device.
+
+- interrupts : The CODEC's interrupt output.
+
+Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes):
+
+ * MIC1
+ * MIC2
+ * DMICL
+ * DMICR
+ * IN1
+ * IN2
+ * IN3
+ * IN4
+ * IN5
+ * IN6
+ * IN12
+ * IN34
+ * IN56
+ * HPL
+ * HPR
+ * SPKL
+ * SPKR
+ * RCVL
+ * RCVR
+ * MICBIAS
+
+Example:
+
+audio-codec@10 {
+ compatible = "maxim,max98090";
+ reg = <0x10>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+ interrupts = <TEGRA_GPIO(H, 4) GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt
index 8b8903e..57f40f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt
@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632"
- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
- "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
+ - pll_a
+ - pll_a_out0
+ - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c7c55c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra audio complex, with MAX98090 CODEC
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090"
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - pll_a
+ - pll_a_out0
+ - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
+- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
+- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
+ Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
+ the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and
+ sinks are the MAX98090's pins (as documented in its binding), and the jacks
+ on the board:
+
+ * Headphones
+ * Speakers
+ * Mic Jack
+
+- nvidia,i2s-controller : The phandle of the Tegra I2S controller that's
+ connected to the CODEC.
+- nvidia,audio-codec : The phandle of the MAX98090 audio codec.
+
+Optional properties:
+- nvidia,hp-det-gpios : The GPIO that detect headphones are plugged in
+
+Example:
+
+sound {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090-venice2",
+ "nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090";
+ nvidia,model = "NVIDIA Tegra Venice2";
+
+ nvidia,audio-routing =
+ "Headphones", "HPR",
+ "Headphones", "HPL",
+ "Speakers", "SPKR",
+ "Speakers", "SPKL",
+ "Mic Jack", "MICBIAS",
+ "IN34", "Mic Jack";
+
+ nvidia,i2s-controller = <&tegra_i2s1>;
+ nvidia,audio-codec = <&acodec>;
+
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_A>,
+ <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_A_OUT0>,
+ <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_EXTERN1>;
+ clock-names = "pll_a", "pll_a_out0", "mclk";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt
index dc62249..7788808 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt
@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640"
- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
- "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
+ - pll_a
+ - pll_a_out0
+ - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt
index aab6ce0..96f6a57 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt
@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753"
- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
- "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
+ - pll_a
+ - pll_a_out0
+ - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt
index 4b44dfb..b795d28 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt
@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903"
- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
- "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
+ - pll_a
+ - pll_a_out0
+ - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
index ad589b1..436f6cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712"
- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
- "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name),
- "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
+ - pll_a
+ - pll_a_out0
+ - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk)
- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
index c145497..eaf0010 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
@@ -4,19 +4,33 @@
- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-ac97"
- reg : Should contain AC97 controller registers location and length
- interrupts : Should contain AC97 interrupt
-- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
- request selector for the AC97 controller
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - ac97
+- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../dma/dma.txt for details.
+- dma-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - rx
+ - tx
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- nvidia,codec-reset-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number
of the GPIO used to reset the external AC97 codec
- nvidia,codec-sync-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number
of the GPIO corresponding with the AC97 DAP _FS line
+
Example:
ac97@70002000 {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ac97";
reg = <0x70002000 0x200>;
interrupts = <0 81 0x04>;
- nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 12>;
nvidia,codec-reset-gpio = <&gpio 170 0>;
nvidia,codec-sync-gpio = <&gpio 120 0>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 3>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 3>;
+ reset-names = "ac97";
+ dmas = <&apbdma 12>, <&apbdma 12>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt
index 0df2b5c..dc30c6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,17 @@
- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-i2s"
- reg : Should contain I2S registers location and length
- interrupts : Should contain I2S interrupt
-- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
- request selector for this I2S controller
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - i2s
+- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../dma/dma.txt for details.
+- dma-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - rx
+ - tx
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
Example:
@@ -13,5 +22,9 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-i2s";
reg = <0x70002800 0x200>;
interrupts = < 45 >;
- nvidia,dma-request-selector = < &apbdma 2 >;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 11>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 11>;
+ reset-names = "i2s";
+ dmas = <&apbdma 21>, <&apbdma 21>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt
index 0e5c12c..946e2ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt
@@ -7,18 +7,48 @@
- Tegra30 requires 2 entries, for the APBIF and AHUB/AUDIO register blocks.
- Tegra114 requires an additional entry, for the APBIF2 register block.
- interrupts : Should contain AHUB interrupt
-- nvidia,dma-request-selector : A list of the DMA channel specifiers. Each
- entry contains the Tegra DMA controller's phandle and request selector.
- If a single entry is present, the request selectors for the channels are
- assumed to be contiguous, and increment from this value.
- If multiple values are given, one value must be given per channel.
-- clocks : Must contain an entry for each required entry in clock-names.
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
- - Tegra30: Requires d_audio, apbif, i2s0, i2s1, i2s2, i2s3, i2s4, dam0,
- dam1, dam2, spdif_in.
- - Tegra114: Additionally requires amx, adx.
+ - d_audio
+ - apbif
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ Tegra30 and later:
+ - d_audio
+ - apbif
+ - i2s0
+ - i2s1
+ - i2s2
+ - i2s3
+ - i2s4
+ - dam0
+ - dam1
+ - dam2
+ - spdif
+ Tegra114 and later additionally require:
+ - amx
+ - adx
+ Tegra124 and later additionally require:
+ - amx1
+ - adx1
+ - afc0
+ - afc1
+ - afc2
+ - afc3
+ - afc4
+ - afc5
- ranges : The bus address mapping for the configlink register bus.
Can be empty since the mapping is 1:1.
+- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../dma/dma.txt for details.
+- dma-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - rx0 .. rx<n>
+ - tx0 .. tx<n>
+ ... where n is:
+ Tegra30: 3
+ Tegra114, Tegra124: 9
- #address-cells : For the configlink bus. Should be <1>;
- #size-cells : For the configlink bus. Should be <1>.
@@ -35,13 +65,20 @@
reg = <0x70080000 0x200 0x70080200 0x100>;
interrupts = < 0 103 0x04 >;
nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 1>;
- clocks = <&tegra_car 106>, <&tegra_car 107>, <&tegra_car 30>,
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 106>, <&tegra_car 107>;
+ clock-names = "d_audio", "apbif";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 106>, <&tegra_car 107>, <&tegra_car 30>,
<&tegra_car 11>, <&tegra_car 18>, <&tegra_car 101>,
<&tegra_car 102>, <&tegra_car 108>, <&tegra_car 109>,
- <&tegra_car 110>, <&tegra_car 162>;
- clock-names = "d_audio", "apbif", "i2s0", "i2s1", "i2s2",
+ <&tegra_car 110>, <&tegra_car 10>;
+ reset-names = "d_audio", "apbif", "i2s0", "i2s1", "i2s2",
"i2s3", "i2s4", "dam0", "dam1", "dam2",
- "spdif_in";
+ "spdif";
+ dmas = <&apbdma 1>, <&apbdma 1>;
+ <&apbdma 2>, <&apbdma 2>;
+ <&apbdma 3>, <&apbdma 3>;
+ <&apbdma 4>, <&apbdma 4>;
+ dma-names = "rx0", "tx0", "rx1", "tx1", "rx2", "tx2", "rx3", "tx3";
ranges;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt
index dfa6c03..0c113ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt
@@ -3,13 +3,22 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : "nvidia,tegra30-i2s"
- reg : Should contain I2S registers location and length
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - i2s
- nvidia,ahub-cif-ids : The list of AHUB CIF IDs for this port, rx (playback)
first, tx (capture) second. See nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt for values.
Example:
-i2s@70002800 {
+i2s@70080300 {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-i2s";
reg = <0x70080300 0x100>;
nvidia,ahub-cif-ids = <4 4>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 11>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 11>;
+ reset-names = "i2s";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19c84df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+Simple-Card:
+
+Simple-Card specifies audio DAI connection of SoC <-> codec.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : "simple-audio-card"
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- simple-audio-card,format : CPU/CODEC common audio format.
+ "i2s", "right_j", "left_j" , "dsp_a"
+ "dsp_b", "ac97", "pdm", "msb", "lsb"
+- simple-audio-card,routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
+ Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the
+ connection's sink, the second being the connection's
+ source.
+
+Required subnodes:
+
+- simple-audio-card,cpu : CPU sub-node
+- simple-audio-card,codec : CODEC sub-node
+
+Required CPU/CODEC subnodes properties:
+
+- sound-dai : phandle and port of CPU/CODEC
+
+Optional CPU/CODEC subnodes properties:
+
+- format : CPU/CODEC specific audio format if needed.
+ see simple-audio-card,format
+- frame-master : bool property. add this if subnode is frame master
+- bitclock-master : bool property. add this if subnode is bitclock master
+- bitclock-inversion : bool property. add this if subnode has clock inversion
+- frame-inversion : bool property. add this if subnode has frame inversion
+- clocks / system-clock-frequency : specify subnode's clock if needed.
+ it can be specified via "clocks" if system has
+ clock node (= common clock), or "system-clock-frequency"
+ (if system doens't support common clock)
+
+Example:
+
+sound {
+ compatible = "simple-audio-card";
+ simple-audio-card,format = "left_j";
+ simple-audio-card,routing =
+ "MIC_IN", "Mic Jack",
+ "Headphone Jack", "HP_OUT",
+ "Ext Spk", "LINE_OUT";
+
+ simple-audio-card,cpu {
+ sound-dai = <&sh_fsi2 0>;
+ };
+
+ simple-audio-card,codec {
+ sound-dai = <&ak4648>;
+ bitclock-master;
+ frame-master;
+ clocks = <&osc>;
+ };
+};
+
+&i2c0 {
+ ak4648: ak4648@12 {
+ #sound-dai-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak4648";
+ reg = <0x12>;
+ };
+};
+
+sh_fsi2: sh_fsi2@ec230000 {
+ #sound-dai-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "renesas,sh_fsi2";
+ reg = <0xec230000 0x400>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupts = <0 146 0x4>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
index 5e6040c..9d8ea14 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
- compatible - "string" - One of:
"ti,tlv320aic3x" - Generic TLV320AIC3x device
+ "ti,tlv320aic32x4" - TLV320AIC32x4
"ti,tlv320aic33" - TLV320AIC33
"ti,tlv320aic3007" - TLV320AIC3007
"ti,tlv320aic3106" - TLV320AIC3106
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt
index 91ff771..7ea701e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt
@@ -4,10 +4,19 @@
- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra114-spi".
- reg: Should contain SPI registers location and length.
- interrupts: Should contain SPI interrupts.
-- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
- request selector for this SPI controller.
-- This is also require clock named "spi" as per binding document
- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - spi
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - spi
+- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../dma/dma.txt for details.
+- dma-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - rx
+ - tx
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
Recommended properties:
- spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
@@ -18,9 +27,14 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-spi";
reg = <0x7000d600 0x200>;
interrupts = <0 82 0x04>;
- nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 16>;
spi-max-frequency = <25000000>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 44>;
+ clock-names = "spi";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 44>;
+ reset-names = "spi";
+ dmas = <&apbdma 16>, <&apbdma 16>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
status = "disabled";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt
index 7b53da5..bdf08e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,17 @@
- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-sflash".
- reg: Should contain SFLASH registers location and length.
- interrupts: Should contain SFLASH interrupts.
-- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
- request selector for this SFLASH controller.
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - spi
+- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../dma/dma.txt for details.
+- dma-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - rx
+ - tx
Recommended properties:
- spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
@@ -17,10 +26,13 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-sflash";
reg = <0x7000c380 0x80>;
interrupts = <0 39 0x04>;
- nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 16>;
spi-max-frequency = <25000000>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 43>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 43>;
+ reset-names = "spi";
+ dmas = <&apbdma 11>, <&apbdma 11>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
status = "disabled";
};
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt
index eefe15e..5db9144 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,17 @@
- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-slink", "nvidia,tegra30-slink".
- reg: Should contain SLINK registers location and length.
- interrupts: Should contain SLINK interrupts.
-- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
- request selector for this SLINK controller.
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - spi
+- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../dma/dma.txt for details.
+- dma-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - rx
+ - tx
Recommended properties:
- spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
@@ -17,10 +26,13 @@
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-slink";
reg = <0x7000d600 0x200>;
interrupts = <0 82 0x04>;
- nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 16>;
spi-max-frequency = <25000000>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 44>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 44>;
+ reset-names = "spi";
+ dmas = <&apbdma 16>, <&apbdma 16>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
status = "disabled";
};
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
index 800dafe..e5a4d1b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
Dual/Quad mode is not allowed when 3-wire mode is used.
If a gpio chipselect is used for the SPI slave the gpio number will be passed
-via the cs_gpio
+via the SPI master node cs-gpios property.
SPI example for an MPC5200 SPI bus:
spi@f00 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt
index 07e04cd..4f8184d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,9 @@
- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
- interrupts: Should contain spi interrupt
- cs-gpios: chipselects
+- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
+ Required elements: "spi_clk"
+- clocks: phandles to input clocks.
Example:
@@ -14,6 +17,8 @@
interrupts = <13 4 5>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&spi1_clk>;
+ clock-names = "spi_clk";
cs-gpios = <&pioB 3 0>;
status = "okay";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt
index 1f9641a..601a360 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,11 @@
Required properties:
- compatible : should be "ti,dra7xxx-qspi" or "ti,am4372-qspi".
- reg: Should contain QSPI registers location and length.
+- reg-names: Should contain the resource reg names.
+ - qspi_base: Qspi configuration register Address space
+ - qspi_mmap: Memory mapped Address space
+ - (optional) qspi_ctrlmod: Control module Address space
+- interrupts: should contain the qspi interrupt number.
- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the QSPI
@@ -14,7 +19,8 @@
qspi: qspi@4b300000 {
compatible = "ti,dra7xxx-qspi";
- reg = <0x4b300000 0x100>;
+ reg = <0x47900000 0x100>, <0x30000000 0x3ffffff>;
+ reg-names = "qspi_base", "qspi_mmap";
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
spi-max-frequency = <25000000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/dwc2.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a1b7cf..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/dwc2.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-Platform DesignWare HS OTG USB 2.0 controller
------------------------------------------------------
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : "snps,dwc2"
-- reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length)
-- interrupts : Should contain 1 interrupt
-
-Example:
-
- usb@101c0000 {
- compatible = "ralink,rt3050-usb, snps,dwc2";
- reg = <0x101c0000 40000>;
- interrupts = <18>;
- };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/xillybus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/xillybus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e316dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/xillybus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* Xillybus driver for generic FPGA interface
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "xillybus,xillybus-1.00.a"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts: Contains one interrupt node, typically consisting of three cells.
+- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+ services interrupts for this device.
+
+Optional properties:
+- dma-coherent: Present if DMA operations are coherent
+
+Example:
+
+ xillybus@ff200400 {
+ compatible = "xillybus,xillybus-1.00.a";
+ reg = < 0xff200400 0x00000080 >;
+ interrupts = < 0 40 1 >;
+ interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+ } ;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..042a027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+
+ Submitting devicetree (DT) binding patches
+
+I. For patch submitters
+
+ 0) Normal patch submission rules from Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+ applies.
+
+ 1) The Documentation/ portion of the patch should be a separate patch.
+
+ 2) Submit the entire series to the devicetree mailinglist at
+
+ devicetree@vger.kernel.org
+
+II. For kernel maintainers
+
+ 1) If you aren't comfortable reviewing a given binding, reply to it and ask
+ the devicetree maintainers for guidance. This will help them prioritize
+ which ones to review and which ones are ok to let go.
+
+ 2) For driver (not subsystem) bindings: If you are comfortable with the
+ binding, and it hasn't received an Acked-by from the devicetree
+ maintainers after a few weeks, go ahead and take it.
+
+ Subsystem bindings (anything affecting more than a single device)
+ then getting a devicetree maintainer to review it is required.
+
+ 3) For a series going though multiple trees, the binding patch should be
+ kept with the driver using the binding.
+
+III. Notes
+
+ 0) Please see ...bindings/ABI.txt for details regarding devicetree ABI.
+
+ 1) This document is intended as a general familiarization with the process as
+ decided at the 2013 Kernel Summit. When in doubt, the current word of the
+ devicetree maintainers overrules this document. In that situation, a patch
+ updating this document would be appreciated.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt
index 541c25e..1f0f672 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt
@@ -8,10 +8,14 @@
calibration data, e.g. OCOTP on imx6q. The details about calibration data
can be found in SoC Reference Manual.
+Optional properties:
+- clocks : thermal sensor's clock source.
+
Example:
tempmon {
compatible = "fsl,imx6q-tempmon";
fsl,tempmon = <&anatop>;
fsl,tempmon-data = <&ocotp>;
+ clocks = <&clks 172>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5db6b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
+* Thermal Framework Device Tree descriptor
+
+This file describes a generic binding to provide a way of
+defining hardware thermal structure using device tree.
+A thermal structure includes thermal zones and their components,
+such as trip points, polling intervals, sensors and cooling devices
+binding descriptors.
+
+The target of device tree thermal descriptors is to describe only
+the hardware thermal aspects. The thermal device tree bindings are
+not about how the system must control or which algorithm or policy
+must be taken in place.
+
+There are five types of nodes involved to describe thermal bindings:
+- thermal sensors: devices which may be used to take temperature
+ measurements.
+- cooling devices: devices which may be used to dissipate heat.
+- trip points: describe key temperatures at which cooling is recommended. The
+ set of points should be chosen based on hardware limits.
+- cooling maps: used to describe links between trip points and cooling devices;
+- thermal zones: used to describe thermal data within the hardware;
+
+The following is a description of each of these node types.
+
+* Thermal sensor devices
+
+Thermal sensor devices are nodes providing temperature sensing capabilities on
+thermal zones. Typical devices are I2C ADC converters and bandgaps. These are
+nodes providing temperature data to thermal zones. Thermal sensor devices may
+control one or more internal sensors.
+
+Required property:
+- #thermal-sensor-cells: Used to provide sensor device specific information
+ Type: unsigned while referring to it. Typically 0 on thermal sensor
+ Size: one cell nodes with only one sensor, and at least 1 on nodes
+ with several internal sensors, in order
+ to identify uniquely the sensor instances within
+ the IC. See thermal zone binding for more details
+ on how consumers refer to sensor devices.
+
+* Cooling device nodes
+
+Cooling devices are nodes providing control on power dissipation. There
+are essentially two ways to provide control on power dissipation. First
+is by means of regulating device performance, which is known as passive
+cooling. A typical passive cooling is a CPU that has dynamic voltage and
+frequency scaling (DVFS), and uses lower frequencies as cooling states.
+Second is by means of activating devices in order to remove
+the dissipated heat, which is known as active cooling, e.g. regulating
+fan speeds. In both cases, cooling devices shall have a way to determine
+the state of cooling in which the device is.
+
+Any cooling device has a range of cooling states (i.e. different levels
+of heat dissipation). For example a fan's cooling states correspond to
+the different fan speeds possible. Cooling states are referred to by
+single unsigned integers, where larger numbers mean greater heat
+dissipation. The precise set of cooling states associated with a device
+(as referred to be the cooling-min-state and cooling-max-state
+properties) should be defined in a particular device's binding.
+For more examples of cooling devices, refer to the example sections below.
+
+Required properties:
+- cooling-min-state: An integer indicating the smallest
+ Type: unsigned cooling state accepted. Typically 0.
+ Size: one cell
+
+- cooling-max-state: An integer indicating the largest
+ Type: unsigned cooling state accepted.
+ Size: one cell
+
+- #cooling-cells: Used to provide cooling device specific information
+ Type: unsigned while referring to it. Must be at least 2, in order
+ Size: one cell to specify minimum and maximum cooling state used
+ in the reference. The first cell is the minimum
+ cooling state requested and the second cell is
+ the maximum cooling state requested in the reference.
+ See Cooling device maps section below for more details
+ on how consumers refer to cooling devices.
+
+* Trip points
+
+The trip node is a node to describe a point in the temperature domain
+in which the system takes an action. This node describes just the point,
+not the action.
+
+Required properties:
+- temperature: An integer indicating the trip temperature level,
+ Type: signed in millicelsius.
+ Size: one cell
+
+- hysteresis: A low hysteresis value on temperature property (above).
+ Type: unsigned This is a relative value, in millicelsius.
+ Size: one cell
+
+- type: a string containing the trip type. Expected values are:
+ "active": A trip point to enable active cooling
+ "passive": A trip point to enable passive cooling
+ "hot": A trip point to notify emergency
+ "critical": Hardware not reliable.
+ Type: string
+
+* Cooling device maps
+
+The cooling device maps node is a node to describe how cooling devices
+get assigned to trip points of the zone. The cooling devices are expected
+to be loaded in the target system.
+
+Required properties:
+- cooling-device: A phandle of a cooling device with its specifier,
+ Type: phandle + referring to which cooling device is used in this
+ cooling specifier binding. In the cooling specifier, the first cell
+ is the minimum cooling state and the second cell
+ is the maximum cooling state used in this map.
+- trip: A phandle of a trip point node within the same thermal
+ Type: phandle of zone.
+ trip point node
+
+Optional property:
+- contribution: The cooling contribution to the thermal zone of the
+ Type: unsigned referred cooling device at the referred trip point.
+ Size: one cell The contribution is a ratio of the sum
+ of all cooling contributions within a thermal zone.
+
+Note: Using the THERMAL_NO_LIMIT (-1UL) constant in the cooling-device phandle
+limit specifier means:
+(i) - minimum state allowed for minimum cooling state used in the reference.
+(ii) - maximum state allowed for maximum cooling state used in the reference.
+Refer to include/dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h for definition of this constant.
+
+* Thermal zone nodes
+
+The thermal zone node is the node containing all the required info
+for describing a thermal zone, including its cooling device bindings. The
+thermal zone node must contain, apart from its own properties, one sub-node
+containing trip nodes and one sub-node containing all the zone cooling maps.
+
+Required properties:
+- polling-delay: The maximum number of milliseconds to wait between polls
+ Type: unsigned when checking this thermal zone.
+ Size: one cell
+
+- polling-delay-passive: The maximum number of milliseconds to wait
+ Type: unsigned between polls when performing passive cooling.
+ Size: one cell
+
+- thermal-sensors: A list of thermal sensor phandles and sensor specifier
+ Type: list of used while monitoring the thermal zone.
+ phandles + sensor
+ specifier
+
+- trips: A sub-node which is a container of only trip point nodes
+ Type: sub-node required to describe the thermal zone.
+
+- cooling-maps: A sub-node which is a container of only cooling device
+ Type: sub-node map nodes, used to describe the relation between trips
+ and cooling devices.
+
+Optional property:
+- coefficients: An array of integers (one signed cell) containing
+ Type: array coefficients to compose a linear relation between
+ Elem size: one cell the sensors listed in the thermal-sensors property.
+ Elem type: signed Coefficients defaults to 1, in case this property
+ is not specified. A simple linear polynomial is used:
+ Z = c0 * x0 + c1 + x1 + ... + c(n-1) * x(n-1) + cn.
+
+ The coefficients are ordered and they match with sensors
+ by means of sensor ID. Additional coefficients are
+ interpreted as constant offset.
+
+Note: The delay properties are bound to the maximum dT/dt (temperature
+derivative over time) in two situations for a thermal zone:
+(i) - when passive cooling is activated (polling-delay-passive); and
+(ii) - when the zone just needs to be monitored (polling-delay) or
+when active cooling is activated.
+
+The maximum dT/dt is highly bound to hardware power consumption and dissipation
+capability. The delays should be chosen to account for said max dT/dt,
+such that a device does not cross several trip boundaries unexpectedly
+between polls. Choosing the right polling delays shall avoid having the
+device in temperature ranges that may damage the silicon structures and
+reduce silicon lifetime.
+
+* The thermal-zones node
+
+The "thermal-zones" node is a container for all thermal zone nodes. It shall
+contain only sub-nodes describing thermal zones as in the section
+"Thermal zone nodes". The "thermal-zones" node appears under "/".
+
+* Examples
+
+Below are several examples on how to use thermal data descriptors
+using device tree bindings:
+
+(a) - CPU thermal zone
+
+The CPU thermal zone example below describes how to setup one thermal zone
+using one single sensor as temperature source and many cooling devices and
+power dissipation control sources.
+
+#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h>
+
+cpus {
+ /*
+ * Here is an example of describing a cooling device for a DVFS
+ * capable CPU. The CPU node describes its four OPPs.
+ * The cooling states possible are 0..3, and they are
+ * used as OPP indexes. The minimum cooling state is 0, which means
+ * all four OPPs can be available to the system. The maximum
+ * cooling state is 3, which means only the lowest OPPs (198MHz@0.85V)
+ * can be available in the system.
+ */
+ cpu0: cpu@0 {
+ ...
+ operating-points = <
+ /* kHz uV */
+ 970000 1200000
+ 792000 1100000
+ 396000 950000
+ 198000 850000
+ >;
+ cooling-min-state = <0>;
+ cooling-max-state = <3>;
+ #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */
+ };
+ ...
+};
+
+&i2c1 {
+ ...
+ /*
+ * A simple fan controller which supports 10 speeds of operation
+ * (represented as 0-9).
+ */
+ fan0: fan@0x48 {
+ ...
+ cooling-min-state = <0>;
+ cooling-max-state = <9>;
+ #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */
+ };
+};
+
+ocp {
+ ...
+ /*
+ * A simple IC with a single bandgap temperature sensor.
+ */
+ bandgap0: bandgap@0x0000ED00 {
+ ...
+ #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
+ };
+};
+
+thermal-zones {
+ cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal {
+ polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */
+ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */
+
+ thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0>;
+
+ trips {
+ cpu-alert0: cpu-alert {
+ temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "active";
+ };
+ cpu-alert1: cpu-alert {
+ temperature = <100000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "passive";
+ };
+ cpu-crit: cpu-crit {
+ temperature = <125000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "critical";
+ };
+ };
+
+ cooling-maps {
+ map0 {
+ trip = <&cpu-alert0>;
+ cooling-device = <&fan0 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS 4>;
+ };
+ map1 {
+ trip = <&cpu-alert1>;
+ cooling-device = <&fan0 5 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS>;
+ };
+ map2 {
+ trip = <&cpu-alert1>;
+ cooling-device =
+ <&cpu0 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS THERMAL_NO_LIMITS>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+};
+
+In the example above, the ADC sensor (bandgap0) at address 0x0000ED00 is
+used to monitor the zone 'cpu-thermal' using its sole sensor. A fan
+device (fan0) is controlled via I2C bus 1, at address 0x48, and has ten
+different cooling states 0-9. It is used to remove the heat out of
+the thermal zone 'cpu-thermal' using its cooling states
+from its minimum to 4, when it reaches trip point 'cpu-alert0'
+at 90C, as an example of active cooling. The same cooling device is used at
+'cpu-alert1', but from 5 to its maximum state. The cpu@0 device is also
+linked to the same thermal zone, 'cpu-thermal', as a passive cooling device,
+using all its cooling states at trip point 'cpu-alert1',
+which is a trip point at 100C. On the thermal zone 'cpu-thermal', at the
+temperature of 125C, represented by the trip point 'cpu-crit', the silicon
+is not reliable anymore.
+
+(b) - IC with several internal sensors
+
+The example below describes how to deploy several thermal zones based off a
+single sensor IC, assuming it has several internal sensors. This is a common
+case on SoC designs with several internal IPs that may need different thermal
+requirements, and thus may have their own sensor to monitor or detect internal
+hotspots in their silicon.
+
+#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h>
+
+ocp {
+ ...
+ /*
+ * A simple IC with several bandgap temperature sensors.
+ */
+ bandgap0: bandgap@0x0000ED00 {
+ ...
+ #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
+ };
+};
+
+thermal-zones {
+ cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal {
+ polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */
+ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */
+
+ /* sensor ID */
+ thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0 0>;
+
+ trips {
+ /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */
+ cpu-alert: cpu-alert {
+ temperature = <100000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "passive";
+ };
+ cpu-crit: cpu-crit {
+ temperature = <125000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "critical";
+ };
+ };
+
+ cooling-maps {
+ /* each zone within the SoC may have its own cooling */
+ ...
+ };
+ };
+
+ gpu-thermal: gpu-thermal {
+ polling-delay-passive = <120>; /* milliseconds */
+ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */
+
+ /* sensor ID */
+ thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0 1>;
+
+ trips {
+ /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */
+ gpu-alert: gpu-alert {
+ temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "passive";
+ };
+ gpu-crit: gpu-crit {
+ temperature = <105000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "critical";
+ };
+ };
+
+ cooling-maps {
+ /* each zone within the SoC may have its own cooling */
+ ...
+ };
+ };
+
+ dsp-thermal: dsp-thermal {
+ polling-delay-passive = <50>; /* milliseconds */
+ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */
+
+ /* sensor ID */
+ thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0 2>;
+
+ trips {
+ /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */
+ dsp-alert: gpu-alert {
+ temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "passive";
+ };
+ dsp-crit: gpu-crit {
+ temperature = <135000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "critical";
+ };
+ };
+
+ cooling-maps {
+ /* each zone within the SoC may have its own cooling */
+ ...
+ };
+ };
+};
+
+In the example above, there is one bandgap IC which has the capability to
+monitor three sensors. The hardware has been designed so that sensors are
+placed on different places in the DIE to monitor different temperature
+hotspots: one for CPU thermal zone, one for GPU thermal zone and the
+other to monitor a DSP thermal zone.
+
+Thus, there is a need to assign each sensor provided by the bandgap IC
+to different thermal zones. This is achieved by means of using the
+#thermal-sensor-cells property and using the first cell of the sensor
+specifier as sensor ID. In the example, then, <bandgap 0> is used to
+monitor CPU thermal zone, <bandgap 1> is used to monitor GPU thermal
+zone and <bandgap 2> is used to monitor DSP thermal zone. Each zone
+may be uncorrelated, having its own dT/dt requirements, trips
+and cooling maps.
+
+
+(c) - Several sensors within one single thermal zone
+
+The example below illustrates how to use more than one sensor within
+one thermal zone.
+
+#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h>
+
+&i2c1 {
+ ...
+ /*
+ * A simple IC with a single temperature sensor.
+ */
+ adc: sensor@0x49 {
+ ...
+ #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
+ };
+};
+
+ocp {
+ ...
+ /*
+ * A simple IC with a single bandgap temperature sensor.
+ */
+ bandgap0: bandgap@0x0000ED00 {
+ ...
+ #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
+ };
+};
+
+thermal-zones {
+ cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal {
+ polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */
+ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */
+
+ thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0>, /* cpu */
+ <&adc>; /* pcb north */
+
+ /* hotspot = 100 * bandgap - 120 * adc + 484 */
+ coefficients = <100 -120 484>;
+
+ trips {
+ ...
+ };
+
+ cooling-maps {
+ ...
+ };
+ };
+};
+
+In some cases, there is a need to use more than one sensor to extrapolate
+a thermal hotspot in the silicon. The above example illustrates this situation.
+For instance, it may be the case that a sensor external to CPU IP may be placed
+close to CPU hotspot and together with internal CPU sensor, it is used
+to determine the hotspot. Assuming this is the case for the above example,
+the hypothetical extrapolation rule would be:
+ hotspot = 100 * bandgap - 120 * adc + 484
+
+In other context, the same idea can be used to add fixed offset. For instance,
+consider the hotspot extrapolation rule below:
+ hotspot = 1 * adc + 6000
+
+In the above equation, the hotspot is always 6C higher than what is read
+from the ADC sensor. The binding would be then:
+ thermal-sensors = <&adc>;
+
+ /* hotspot = 1 * adc + 6000 */
+ coefficients = <1 6000>;
+
+(d) - Board thermal
+
+The board thermal example below illustrates how to setup one thermal zone
+with many sensors and many cooling devices.
+
+#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h>
+
+&i2c1 {
+ ...
+ /*
+ * An IC with several temperature sensor.
+ */
+ adc-dummy: sensor@0x50 {
+ ...
+ #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; /* sensor internal ID */
+ };
+};
+
+thermal-zones {
+ batt-thermal {
+ polling-delay-passive = <500>; /* milliseconds */
+ polling-delay = <2500>; /* milliseconds */
+
+ /* sensor ID */
+ thermal-sensors = <&adc-dummy 4>;
+
+ trips {
+ ...
+ };
+
+ cooling-maps {
+ ...
+ };
+ };
+
+ board-thermal: board-thermal {
+ polling-delay-passive = <1000>; /* milliseconds */
+ polling-delay = <2500>; /* milliseconds */
+
+ /* sensor ID */
+ thermal-sensors = <&adc-dummy 0>, /* pcb top edge */
+ <&adc-dummy 1>, /* lcd */
+ <&adc-dymmy 2>; /* back cover */
+ /*
+ * An array of coefficients describing the sensor
+ * linear relation. E.g.:
+ * z = c1*x1 + c2*x2 + c3*x3
+ */
+ coefficients = <1200 -345 890>;
+
+ trips {
+ /* Trips are based on resulting linear equation */
+ cpu-trip: cpu-trip {
+ temperature = <60000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "passive";
+ };
+ gpu-trip: gpu-trip {
+ temperature = <55000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "passive";
+ }
+ lcd-trip: lcp-trip {
+ temperature = <53000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "passive";
+ };
+ crit-trip: crit-trip {
+ temperature = <68000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "critical";
+ };
+ };
+
+ cooling-maps {
+ map0 {
+ trip = <&cpu-trip>;
+ cooling-device = <&cpu0 0 2>;
+ contribution = <55>;
+ };
+ map1 {
+ trip = <&gpu-trip>;
+ cooling-device = <&gpu0 0 2>;
+ contribution = <20>;
+ };
+ map2 {
+ trip = <&lcd-trip>;
+ cooling-device = <&lcd0 5 10>;
+ contribution = <15>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+};
+
+The above example is a mix of previous examples, a sensor IP with several internal
+sensors used to monitor different zones, one of them is composed by several sensors and
+with different cooling devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c26154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Allwinner SoCs High Speed Timer Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer" or
+ "allwinner,sun7i-a20-hstimer"
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- interrupts : The interrupts of these timers (2 for the sun5i IP, 4 for the sun7i
+ one)
+- clocks: phandle to the source clock (usually the AHB clock)
+
+Example:
+
+timer@01c60000 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-hstimer";
+ reg = <0x01c60000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 51 1>,
+ <0 52 1>,
+ <0 53 1>,
+ <0 54 1>;
+ clocks = <&ahb1_gates 19>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt
index e019fdc..4a864bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-timer".
- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
- interrupts : A list of 4 interrupts; one per timer channel.
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
Example:
@@ -18,4 +20,5 @@
0 1 0x04
0 41 0x04
0 42 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 132>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt
index 906109d..b5082a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
- interrupts : A list of 6 interrupts; one per each of timer channels 1
through 5, and one for the shared interrupt for the remaining channels.
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
timer {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-timer", "nvidia,tegra20-timer";
@@ -20,4 +22,5 @@
0 42 0x04
0 121 0x04
0 122 0x04>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 214>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt
index b5a86d2..167d5da 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt
@@ -31,38 +31,58 @@
7: ..
i: Local Timer Interrupt n
-Example 1: In this example, the system uses only the first global timer
- interrupt generated by MCT and the remaining three global timer
- interrupts are unused. Two local timer interrupts have been
- specified.
+ For MCT block that uses a per-processor interrupt for local timers, such
+ as ones compatible with "samsung,exynos4412-mct", only one local timer
+ interrupt might be specified, meaning that all local timers use the same
+ per processor interrupt.
+
+Example 1: In this example, the IP contains two local timers, using separate
+ interrupts, so two local timer interrupts have been specified,
+ in addition to four global timer interrupts.
mct@10050000 {
compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-mct";
reg = <0x10050000 0x800>;
- interrupts = <0 57 0>, <0 0 0>, <0 0 0>, <0 0 0>,
+ interrupts = <0 57 0>, <0 69 0>, <0 70 0>, <0 71 0>,
<0 42 0>, <0 48 0>;
};
-Example 2: In this example, the MCT global and local timer interrupts are
- connected to two separate interrupt controllers. Hence, an
- interrupt-map is created to map the interrupts to the respective
- interrupt controllers.
+Example 2: In this example, the timer interrupts are connected to two separate
+ interrupt controllers. Hence, an interrupt-map is created to map
+ the interrupts to the respective interrupt controllers.
mct@101C0000 {
compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-mct";
reg = <0x101C0000 0x800>;
- interrupt-controller;
- #interrups-cells = <2>;
interrupt-parent = <&mct_map>;
- interrupts = <0 0>, <1 0>, <2 0>, <3 0>,
- <4 0>, <5 0>;
+ interrupts = <0>, <1>, <2>, <3>, <4>, <5>;
mct_map: mct-map {
- #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
#address-cells = <0>;
#size-cells = <0>;
- interrupt-map = <0x0 0 &combiner 23 3>,
- <0x4 0 &gic 0 120 0>,
- <0x5 0 &gic 0 121 0>;
+ interrupt-map = <0 &gic 0 57 0>,
+ <1 &gic 0 69 0>,
+ <2 &combiner 12 6>,
+ <3 &combiner 12 7>,
+ <4 &gic 0 42 0>,
+ <5 &gic 0 48 0>;
};
};
+
+Example 3: In this example, the IP contains four local timers, but using
+ a per-processor interrupt to handle them. Either all the local
+ timer interrupts can be specified, with the same interrupt specifier
+ value or just the first one.
+
+ mct@10050000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos4412-mct";
+ reg = <0x10050000 0x800>;
+
+ /* Both ways are possible in this case. Either: */
+ interrupts = <0 57 0>, <0 69 0>, <0 70 0>, <0 71 0>,
+ <0 42 0>;
+ /* or: */
+ interrupts = <0 57 0>, <0 69 0>, <0 70 0>, <0 71 0>,
+ <0 42 0>, <0 42 0>, <0 42 0>, <0 42 0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci13xxx-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci13xxx-imx.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8b6871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Platform DesignWare HS OTG USB 2.0 controller
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : One of:
+ - brcm,bcm2835-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the BCM2835 SoC.
+ - snps,dwc2: A generic DWC2 USB controller with default parameters.
+- reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length)
+- interrupts : Should contain 1 interrupt
+- clocks: clock provider specifier
+- clock-names: shall be "otg"
+Refer to clk/clock-bindings.txt for generic clock consumer properties
+
+Optional properties:
+- phys: phy provider specifier
+- phy-names: shall be "device"
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for generic phy consumer properties
+
+Example:
+
+ usb@101c0000 {
+ compatible = "ralink,rt3050-usb, snps,dwc2";
+ reg = <0x101c0000 40000>;
+ interrupts = <18>;
+ clocks = <&usb_otg_ahb_clk>;
+ clock-names = "otg";
+ phys = <&usbphy>;
+ phy-names = "usb2-phy";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/gr-udc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/gr-udc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c5118f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/gr-udc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+USB Peripheral Controller driver for Aeroflex Gaisler GRUSBDC.
+
+The GRUSBDC USB Device Controller core is available in the GRLIB VHDL
+IP core library.
+
+Note: In the ordinary environment for the core, a Leon SPARC system,
+these properties are built from information in the AMBA plug&play.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- name : Should be "GAISLER_USBDC" or "01_021"
+
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+
+- interrupts : Interrupt numbers for this device
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- epobufsizes : An array of buffer sizes for OUT endpoints. If the property is
+ not present, or for endpoints outside of the array, 1024 is assumed by
+ the driver.
+
+- epibufsizes : An array of buffer sizes for IN endpoints. If the property is
+ not present, or for endpoints outside of the array, 1024 is assumed by
+ the driver.
+
+For further information look in the documentation for the GLIB IP core library:
+http://www.gaisler.com/products/grlib/grip.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f37b3a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+TI Keystone USB PHY
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be "ti,keystone-usbphy".
+ - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes
+ with 'reg' property.
+ - reg : Address and length of the usb phy control register set.
+
+The main purpose of this PHY driver is to enable the USB PHY reference clock
+gate on the Keystone SOC for both the USB2 and USB3 PHY. Otherwise it is just
+an NOP PHY driver. Hence this node is referenced as both the usb2 and usb3
+phy node in the USB Glue layer driver node.
+
+usb_phy: usb_phy@2620738 {
+ compatible = "ti,keystone-usbphy";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ reg = <0x2620738 32>;
+ status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60527d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+TI Keystone Soc USB Controller
+
+DWC3 GLUE
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be "ti,keystone-dwc3".
+ - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes
+ with 'reg' property.
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the USB subsystem on
+ the SOC.
+ - interrupts : The irq number of this device that is used to interrupt the
+ MPU.
+ - ranges: allows valid 1:1 translation between child's address space and
+ parent's address space.
+ - clocks: Clock IDs array as required by the controller.
+ - clock-names: names of clocks correseponding to IDs in the clock property.
+
+Sub-nodes:
+The dwc3 core should be added as subnode to Keystone DWC3 glue.
+- dwc3 :
+ The binding details of dwc3 can be found in:
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
+
+Example:
+ usb: usb@2680000 {
+ compatible = "ti,keystone-dwc3";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ reg = <0x2680000 0x10000>;
+ clocks = <&clkusb>;
+ clock-names = "usb";
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 393 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+ ranges;
+ status = "disabled";
+
+ dwc3@2690000 {
+ compatible = "synopsys,dwc3";
+ reg = <0x2690000 0x70000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 393 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+ usb-phy = <&usb_phy>, <&usb_phy>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
index df09330..3dc9140 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,12 @@
Required properties :
- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra20-ehci".
- nvidia,phy : phandle of the PHY that the controller is connected to.
- - clocks : Contains a single entry which defines the USB controller's clock.
+ - clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - usb
Optional properties:
- nvidia,needs-double-reset : boolean is to be set for some of the Tegra20
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
index 090e5e2..c495135 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
@@ -87,6 +87,8 @@
e.g. USB3 PHY and SATA PHY on OMAP5.
"ti,control-phy-dra7usb2" - if it has power down register like USB2 PHY on
DRA7 platform.
+ "ti,control-phy-am437usb2" - if it has power down register like USB2 PHY on
+ AM437 platform.
- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains
the address of "otghs_control" for control-phy-otghs or "power" register
for other types.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index edbb8d8..40ce2df 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -3,12 +3,15 @@
This isn't an exhaustive list, but you should add new prefixes to it before
using them to avoid name-space collisions.
+active-semi Active-Semi International Inc
ad Avionic Design GmbH
adi Analog Devices, Inc.
aeroflexgaisler Aeroflex Gaisler AB
ak Asahi Kasei Corp.
+allwinner Allwinner Technology Co., Ltd.
altr Altera Corp.
amcc Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM, formally AMCC)
+amstaos AMS-Taos Inc.
apm Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM)
arm ARM Ltd.
atmel Atmel Corporation
@@ -26,19 +29,26 @@
dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor)
davicom DAVICOM Semiconductor, Inc.
denx Denx Software Engineering
+edt Emerging Display Technologies
emmicro EM Microelectronic
+epfl Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne
epson Seiko Epson Corp.
est ESTeem Wireless Modems
fsl Freescale Semiconductor
GEFanuc GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc.
gef GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc.
gmt Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc.
+gumstix Gumstix, Inc.
+haoyu Haoyu Microelectronic Co. Ltd.
hisilicon Hisilicon Limited.
+honeywell Honeywell
hp Hewlett Packard
ibm International Business Machines (IBM)
idt Integrated Device Technologies, Inc.
img Imagination Technologies Ltd.
intercontrol Inter Control Group
+isl Intersil
+karo Ka-Ro electronics GmbH
lg LG Corporation
linux Linux-specific binding
lsi LSI Corp. (LSI Logic)
@@ -47,6 +57,7 @@
microchip Microchip Technology Inc.
mosaixtech Mosaix Technologies, Inc.
national National Semiconductor
+neonode Neonode Inc.
nintendo Nintendo
nvidia NVIDIA
nxp NXP Semiconductors
@@ -56,11 +67,12 @@
picochip Picochip Ltd
powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img)
qca Qualcomm Atheros, Inc.
-qcom Qualcomm, Inc.
+qcom Qualcomm Technologies, Inc
ralink Mediatek/Ralink Technology Corp.
ramtron Ramtron International
realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
renesas Renesas Electronics Corporation
+rockchip Fuzhou Rockchip Electronics Co., Ltd
samsung Samsung Semiconductor
sbs Smart Battery System
schindler Schindler
@@ -69,10 +81,12 @@
simtek
sirf SiRF Technology, Inc.
snps Synopsys, Inc.
+spansion Spansion Inc.
st STMicroelectronics
ste ST-Ericsson
stericsson ST-Ericsson
ti Texas Instruments
+tlm Trusted Logic Mobility
toshiba Toshiba Corporation
toumaz Toumaz
v3 V3 Semiconductor
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1289fb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1289fb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fcd5e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1289fb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+* Solomon SSD1289 Framebuffer Driver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "solomon,ssd1289fb". The only supported bus for
+ now is lbc.
+ - reg: Should contain address of the controller on the LBC bus. The detail
+ was described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt
+
+Examples:
+display@2,0 {
+ compatible = "solomon,ssd1289fb";
+ reg = <0x2 0x0000 0x0004>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt
index fcdd48f..f90e294 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt
@@ -9,11 +9,37 @@
Optional properties:
- timeout-sec: contains the watchdog timeout in seconds.
+- interrupts : Should contain WDT interrupt.
+- atmel,max-heartbeat-sec : Should contain the maximum heartbeat value in
+ seconds. This value should be less or equal to 16. It is used to
+ compute the WDV field.
+- atmel,min-heartbeat-sec : Should contain the minimum heartbeat value in
+ seconds. This value must be smaller than the max-heartbeat-sec value.
+ It is used to compute the WDD field.
+- atmel,watchdog-type : Should be "hardware" or "software". Hardware watchdog
+ use the at91 watchdog reset. Software watchdog use the watchdog
+ interrupt to trigger a software reset.
+- atmel,reset-type : Should be "proc" or "all".
+ "all" : assert peripherals and processor reset signals
+ "proc" : assert the processor reset signal
+ This is valid only when using "hardware" watchdog.
+- atmel,disable : Should be present if you want to disable the watchdog.
+- atmel,idle-halt : Should be present if you want to stop the watchdog when
+ entering idle state.
+- atmel,dbg-halt : Should be present if you want to stop the watchdog when
+ entering debug state.
Example:
-
watchdog@fffffd40 {
compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-wdt";
reg = <0xfffffd40 0x10>;
- timeout-sec = <10>;
+ interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>;
+ timeout-sec = <15>;
+ atmel,watchdog-type = "hardware";
+ atmel,reset-type = "all";
+ atmel,dbg-halt;
+ atmel,idle-halt;
+ atmel,max-heartbeat-sec = <16>;
+ atmel,min-heartbeat-sec = <0>;
+ status = "okay";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt
index 75558cc..e60b9a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt
@@ -1,12 +1,24 @@
-DaVinci Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller
+Texas Instruments DaVinci/Keystone Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller
Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "ti,davinci-wdt"
+- compatible : Should be "ti,davinci-wdt", "ti,keystone-wdt"
- reg : Should contain WDT registers location and length
+Optional properties:
+- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds
+- clocks : the clock feeding the watchdog timer.
+ Needed if platform uses clocks.
+ See clock-bindings.txt
+
+Documentation:
+Davinci DM646x - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/spruer5b/spruer5b.pdf
+Keystone - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugv5a/sprugv5a.pdf
+
Examples:
wdt: wdt@2320000 {
compatible = "ti,davinci-wdt";
reg = <0x02320000 0x80>;
+ timeout-sec = <30>;
+ clocks = <&clkwdtimer0>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37afec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* GPIO-controlled Watchdog
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "linux,wdt-gpio".
+- gpios: From common gpio binding; gpio connection to WDT reset pin.
+- hw_algo: The algorithm used by the driver. Should be one of the
+ following values:
+ - toggle: Either a high-to-low or a low-to-high transition clears
+ the WDT counter. The watchdog timer is disabled when GPIO is
+ left floating or connected to a three-state buffer.
+ - level: Low or high level starts counting WDT timeout,
+ the opposite level disables the WDT. Active level is determined
+ by the GPIO flags.
+- hw_margin_ms: Maximum time to reset watchdog circuit (milliseconds).
+
+Example:
+ watchdog: watchdog {
+ /* ADM706 */
+ compatible = "linux,wdt-gpio";
+ gpios = <&gpio3 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ hw_algo = "toggle";
+ hw_margin_ms = <1600>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
index 2aa486c..cfff375 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,29 @@
occurred.
Required properties:
-- compatible : should be "samsung,s3c2410-wdt"
+- compatible : should be one among the following
+ (a) "samsung,s3c2410-wdt" for Exynos4 and previous SoCs
+ (b) "samsung,exynos5250-wdt" for Exynos5250
+ (c) "samsung,exynos5420-wdt" for Exynos5420
+
- reg : base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
- interrupts : interrupt number to the cpu.
+- samsung,syscon-phandle : reference to syscon node (This property required only
+ in case of compatible being "samsung,exynos5250-wdt" or "samsung,exynos5420-wdt".
+ In case of Exynos5250 and 5420 this property points to syscon node holding the PMU
+ base address)
Optional properties:
- timeout-sec : contains the watchdog timeout in seconds.
+
+Example:
+
+watchdog@101D0000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-wdt";
+ reg = <0x101D0000 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <0 42 0>;
+ clocks = <&clock 336>;
+ clock-names = "watchdog";
+ samsung,syscon-phandle = <&pmu_syscon>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
index b2fb2f5..1f013bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -1364,19 +1364,16 @@
phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
interrupts = <5 1>;
reg = <0>;
- device_type = "ethernet-phy";
};
phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
interrupts = <5 1>;
reg = <1>;
- device_type = "ethernet-phy";
};
phy3: ethernet-phy@3 {
interrupts = <7 1>;
reg = <3>;
- device_type = "ethernet-phy";
};
};
};
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/design-patterns.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/design-patterns.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba7b2df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/design-patterns.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+
+Device Driver Design Patterns
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This document describes a few common design patterns found in device drivers.
+It is likely that subsystem maintainers will ask driver developers to
+conform to these design patterns.
+
+1. State Container
+2. container_of()
+
+
+1. State Container
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+While the kernel contains a few device drivers that assume that they will
+only be probed() once on a certain system (singletons), it is custom to assume
+that the device the driver binds to will appear in several instances. This
+means that the probe() function and all callbacks need to be reentrant.
+
+The most common way to achieve this is to use the state container design
+pattern. It usually has this form:
+
+struct foo {
+ spinlock_t lock; /* Example member */
+ (...)
+};
+
+static int foo_probe(...)
+{
+ struct foo *foo;
+
+ foo = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*foo), GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (!foo)
+ return -ENOMEM;
+ spin_lock_init(&foo->lock);
+ (...)
+}
+
+This will create an instance of struct foo in memory every time probe() is
+called. This is our state container for this instance of the device driver.
+Of course it is then necessary to always pass this instance of the
+state around to all functions that need access to the state and its members.
+
+For example, if the driver is registering an interrupt handler, you would
+pass around a pointer to struct foo like this:
+
+static irqreturn_t foo_handler(int irq, void *arg)
+{
+ struct foo *foo = arg;
+ (...)
+}
+
+static int foo_probe(...)
+{
+ struct foo *foo;
+
+ (...)
+ ret = request_irq(irq, foo_handler, 0, "foo", foo);
+}
+
+This way you always get a pointer back to the correct instance of foo in
+your interrupt handler.
+
+
+2. container_of()
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Continuing on the above example we add an offloaded work:
+
+struct foo {
+ spinlock_t lock;
+ struct workqueue_struct *wq;
+ struct work_struct offload;
+ (...)
+};
+
+static void foo_work(struct work_struct *work)
+{
+ struct foo *foo = container_of(work, struct foo, offload);
+
+ (...)
+}
+
+static irqreturn_t foo_handler(int irq, void *arg)
+{
+ struct foo *foo = arg;
+
+ queue_work(foo->wq, &foo->offload);
+ (...)
+}
+
+static int foo_probe(...)
+{
+ struct foo *foo;
+
+ foo->wq = create_singlethread_workqueue("foo-wq");
+ INIT_WORK(&foo->offload, foo_work);
+ (...)
+}
+
+The design pattern is the same for an hrtimer or something similar that will
+return a single argument which is a pointer to a struct member in the
+callback.
+
+container_of() is a macro defined in <linux/kernel.h>
+
+What container_of() does is to obtain a pointer to the containing struct from
+a pointer to a member by a simple subtraction using the offsetof() macro from
+standard C, which allows something similar to object oriented behaviours.
+Notice that the contained member must not be a pointer, but an actual member
+for this to work.
+
+We can see here that we avoid having global pointers to our struct foo *
+instance this way, while still keeping the number of parameters passed to the
+work function to a single pointer.
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
index 5bdc8cb..4f7897e 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
@@ -242,6 +242,8 @@
devm_iio_device_free()
devm_iio_trigger_alloc()
devm_iio_trigger_free()
+ devm_iio_device_register()
+ devm_iio_device_unregister()
IO region
devm_request_region()
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt
index 41f4163..07795ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
struct device_driver driver;
};
-Note that probe() should general verify that the specified device hardware
+Note that probe() should in general verify that the specified device hardware
actually exists; sometimes platform setup code can't be sure. The probing
can use device resources, including clocks, and device platform_data.
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/contributors.txt b/Documentation/dvb/contributors.txt
index 47c3009..731a009 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/contributors.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/contributors.txt
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
Wilson Michaels <wilsonmichaels@earthlink.net>
for the lgdt330x frontend driver, and various bugfixes
-Michael Krufky <mkrufky@m1k.net>
+Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
for maintaining v4l/dvb inter-tree dependencies
Taylor Jacob <rtjacob@earthlink.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
index 1bbdcfc..46325eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
@@ -108,6 +108,12 @@
~# cat query-batch-file > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
+A another way is to use wildcard. The match rule support '*' (matches
+zero or more characters) and '?' (matches exactly one character).For
+example, you can match all usb drivers:
+
+ ~# echo "file drivers/usb/* +p" > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
+
At the syntactical level, a command comprises a sequence of match
specifications, followed by a flags change specification.
@@ -315,6 +321,9 @@
nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'format "nfsd: READ" +p' >
<debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
+// enable messages in files of which the pathes include string "usb"
+nullarbor:~ # echo -n '*usb* +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
+
// enable all messages
nullarbor:~ # echo -n '+p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
diff --git a/Documentation/efi-stub.txt b/Documentation/efi-stub.txt
index 44e6bb6..c628788 100644
--- a/Documentation/efi-stub.txt
+++ b/Documentation/efi-stub.txt
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
**** How to install bzImage.efi
The bzImage located in arch/x86/boot/bzImage must be copied to the EFI
-System Partiion (ESP) and renamed with the extension ".efi". Without
+System Partition (ESP) and renamed with the extension ".efi". Without
the extension the EFI firmware loader will refuse to execute it. It's
not possible to execute bzImage.efi from the usual Linux file systems
because EFI firmware doesn't have support for them.
diff --git a/Documentation/email-clients.txt b/Documentation/email-clients.txt
index 860c29a..e9f5dac 100644
--- a/Documentation/email-clients.txt
+++ b/Documentation/email-clients.txt
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
As an added bonus you can customise the message creation toolbar menu
and put the "insert file" icon there.
-Make the the composer window wide enough so that no lines wrap. As of
+Make the composer window wide enough so that no lines wrap. As of
KMail 1.13.5 (KDE 4.5.4), KMail will apply word wrapping when sending
the email if the lines wrap in the composer window. Having word wrapping
disabled in the Options menu isn't enough. Thus, if your patch has very
diff --git a/Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class b/Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class
index 5377f63..49c81ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class
+++ b/Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
Extcon's extended features for switch device drivers with
complex features usually required magic numbers in state
value of switch_dev. With extcon, such magic numbers that
- support multiple cables (
+ support multiple cables are no more required or supported.
1. Define cable names at edev->supported_cable.
2. (Recommended) remove print_state callback.
@@ -114,11 +114,8 @@
****** ABI Location
- If "CONFIG_ANDROID" is enabled and "CONFIG_ANDROID_SWITCH" is
-disabled, /sys/class/switch/* are created as symbolic links to
-/sys/class/extcon/*. Because CONFIG_ANDROID_SWITCH creates
-/sys/class/switch directory, we disable symboling linking if
-CONFIG_ANDROID_SWITCH is enabled.
+ If "CONFIG_ANDROID" is enabled, /sys/class/switch/* are created
+as symbolic links to /sys/class/extcon/*.
The two files of switch class, name and state, are provided with
extcon, too. When the multistate support (STEP 2 of CHAPTER 1.) is
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX b/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX
index 30a7054..fe85e7c 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX
@@ -5,6 +5,8 @@
00-INDEX
- this file.
+api.txt
+ - The frame buffer API between applications and buffer devices.
arkfb.txt
- info on the fbdev driver for ARK Logic chips.
aty128fb.txt
@@ -51,12 +53,16 @@
- info on the SH7760/SH7763 integrated LCDC Framebuffer driver.
sisfb.txt
- info on the framebuffer device driver for various SiS chips.
+sm501.txt
+ - info on the framebuffer device driver for sm501 videoframebuffer.
sstfb.txt
- info on the frame buffer driver for 3dfx' Voodoo Graphics boards.
tgafb.txt
- info on the TGA (DECChip 21030) frame buffer driver.
tridentfb.txt
info on the framebuffer driver for some Trident chip based cards.
+udlfb.txt
+ - Driver for DisplayLink USB 2.0 chips.
uvesafb.txt
- info on the userspace VESA (VBE2+ compliant) frame buffer device.
vesafb.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
index 8042050..ac28149 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
- this file (info on some of the filesystems supported by linux).
Locking
- info on locking rules as they pertain to Linux VFS.
+Makefile
+ - Makefile for building the filsystems-part of DocBook.
9p.txt
- 9p (v9fs) is an implementation of the Plan 9 remote fs protocol.
adfs.txt
@@ -10,24 +12,32 @@
- info and examples for the distributed AFS (Andrew File System) fs.
affs.txt
- info and mount options for the Amiga Fast File System.
+autofs4-mount-control.txt
+ - info on device control operations for autofs4 module.
automount-support.txt
- information about filesystem automount support.
befs.txt
- information about the BeOS filesystem for Linux.
bfs.txt
- info for the SCO UnixWare Boot Filesystem (BFS).
+btrfs.txt
+ - info for the BTRFS filesystem.
+caching/
+ - directory containing filesystem cache documentation.
ceph.txt
- - info for the Ceph Distributed File System
-cifs.txt
- - description of the CIFS filesystem.
+ - info for the Ceph Distributed File System.
+cifs/
+ - directory containing CIFS filesystem documentation and example code.
coda.txt
- description of the CODA filesystem.
configfs/
- directory containing configfs documentation and example code.
cramfs.txt
- info on the cram filesystem for small storage (ROMs etc).
-dentry-locking.txt
- - info on the RCU-based dcache locking model.
+debugfs.txt
+ - info on the debugfs filesystem.
+devpts.txt
+ - info on the devpts filesystem.
directory-locking
- info about the locking scheme used for directory operations.
dlmfs.txt
@@ -35,7 +45,7 @@
dnotify.txt
- info about directory notification in Linux.
dnotify_test.c
- - example program for dnotify
+ - example program for dnotify.
ecryptfs.txt
- docs on eCryptfs: stacked cryptographic filesystem for Linux.
efivarfs.txt
@@ -48,12 +58,18 @@
- info, mount options and specifications for the Ext3 filesystem.
ext4.txt
- info, mount options and specifications for the Ext4 filesystem.
-files.txt
- - info on file management in the Linux kernel.
f2fs.txt
- info and mount options for the F2FS filesystem.
+fiemap.txt
+ - info on fiemap ioctl.
+files.txt
+ - info on file management in the Linux kernel.
fuse.txt
- info on the Filesystem in User SpacE including mount options.
+gfs2-glocks.txt
+ - info on the Global File System 2 - Glock internal locking rules.
+gfs2-uevents.txt
+ - info on the Global File System 2 - uevents.
gfs2.txt
- info on the Global File System 2.
hfs.txt
@@ -84,40 +100,58 @@
- info and mount options for the NTFS filesystem (Windows NT).
ocfs2.txt
- info and mount options for the OCFS2 clustered filesystem.
+omfs.txt
+ - info on the Optimized MPEG FileSystem.
+path-lookup.txt
+ - info on path walking and name lookup locking.
+pohmelfs/
+ - directory containing pohmelfs filesystem documentation.
porting
- various information on filesystem porting.
proc.txt
- info on Linux's /proc filesystem.
+qnx6.txt
+ - info on the QNX6 filesystem.
+quota.txt
+ - info on Quota subsystem.
ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt
- info on the 'in memory' filesystems ramfs, rootfs and initramfs.
-reiser4.txt
- - info on the Reiser4 filesystem based on dancing tree algorithms.
relay.txt
- info on relay, for efficient streaming from kernel to user space.
romfs.txt
- description of the ROMFS filesystem.
seq_file.txt
- - how to use the seq_file API
+ - how to use the seq_file API.
sharedsubtree.txt
- a description of shared subtrees for namespaces.
spufs.txt
- info and mount options for the SPU filesystem used on Cell.
+squashfs.txt
+ - info on the squashfs filesystem.
sysfs-pci.txt
- info on accessing PCI device resources through sysfs.
+sysfs-tagging.txt
+ - info on sysfs tagging to avoid duplicates.
sysfs.txt
- info on sysfs, a ram-based filesystem for exporting kernel objects.
sysv-fs.txt
- info on the SystemV/V7/Xenix/Coherent filesystem.
tmpfs.txt
- info on tmpfs, a filesystem that holds all files in virtual memory.
+ubifs.txt
+ - info on the Unsorted Block Images FileSystem.
udf.txt
- info and mount options for the UDF filesystem.
ufs.txt
- info on the ufs filesystem.
vfat.txt
- - info on using the VFAT filesystem used in Windows NT and Windows 95
+ - info on using the VFAT filesystem used in Windows NT and Windows 95.
vfs.txt
- - overview of the Virtual File System
+ - overview of the Virtual File System.
+xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt
+ - info on the XFS Delayed Logging Design.
+xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt
+ - info on XFS Self Describing Metadata.
xfs.txt
- info and mount options for the XFS filesystem.
xip.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
index 2c03214..fec7144 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
@@ -69,10 +69,14 @@
offering several exported file systems.
cache=mode specifies a caching policy. By default, no caches are used.
+ none = default no cache policy, metadata and data
+ alike are synchronous.
loose = no attempts are made at consistency,
intended for exclusive, read-only mounts
- fscache = use FS-Cache for a persistent, read-only
+ fscache = use FS-Cache for a persistent, read-only
cache backend.
+ mmap = minimal cache that is only used for read-write
+ mmap. Northing else is cached, like cache=none
debug=n specifies debug level. The debug level is a bitmask.
0x01 = display verbose error messages
@@ -147,8 +151,7 @@
News and other information is maintained on a Wiki.
(http://sf.net/apps/mediawiki/v9fs/index.php).
-Bug reports may be issued through the kernel.org bugzilla
-(http://bugzilla.kernel.org)
+Bug reports are best issued via the mailing list.
For more information on the Plan 9 Operating System check out
http://plan9.bell-labs.com/plan9
@@ -156,11 +159,3 @@
For information on Plan 9 from User Space (Plan 9 applications and libraries
ported to Linux/BSD/OSX/etc) check out http://swtch.com/plan9
-
-STATUS
-======
-
-The 2.6 kernel support is working on PPC and x86.
-
-PLEASE USE THE KERNEL BUGZILLA TO REPORT PROBLEMS. (http://bugzilla.kernel.org)
-
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
index fe7afe2..5b0c083 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@
will cause the VM to retry the fault.
->access() is called when get_user_pages() fails in
-acces_process_vm(), typically used to debug a process through
+access_process_vm(), typically used to debug a process through
/proc/pid/mem or ptrace. This function is needed only for
VM_IO | VM_PFNMAP VMAs.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt
index 5dd282d..d11cc2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
=============
When mounting a btrfs filesystem, the following option are accepted.
-Unless otherwise specified, all options default to off.
+Options with (*) are default options and will not show in the mount options.
alloc_start=<bytes>
Debugging option to force all block allocations above a certain
@@ -46,10 +46,12 @@
bytes, optionally with a K, M, or G suffix, case insensitive.
Default is 1MB.
+ noautodefrag(*)
autodefrag
- Detect small random writes into files and queue them up for the
- defrag process. Works best for small files; Not well suited for
- large database workloads.
+ Disable/enable auto defragmentation.
+ Auto defragmentation detects small random writes into files and queue
+ them up for the defrag process. Works best for small files;
+ Not well suited for large database workloads.
check_int
check_int_data
@@ -96,21 +98,26 @@
can be avoided. Especially useful when trying to mount a multi-device
setup as root. May be specified multiple times for multiple devices.
+ nodiscard(*)
discard
- Issue frequent commands to let the block device reclaim space freed by
- the filesystem. This is useful for SSD devices, thinly provisioned
+ Disable/enable discard mount option.
+ Discard issues frequent commands to let the block device reclaim space
+ freed by the filesystem.
+ This is useful for SSD devices, thinly provisioned
LUNs and virtual machine images, but may have a significant
performance impact. (The fstrim command is also available to
initiate batch trims from userspace).
+ noenospc_debug(*)
enospc_debug
- Debugging option to be more verbose in some ENOSPC conditions.
+ Disable/enable debugging option to be more verbose in some ENOSPC conditions.
fatal_errors=<action>
Action to take when encountering a fatal error:
"bug" - BUG() on a fatal error. This is the default.
"panic" - panic() on a fatal error.
+ noflushoncommit(*)
flushoncommit
The 'flushoncommit' mount option forces any data dirtied by a write in a
prior transaction to commit as part of the current commit. This makes
@@ -134,26 +141,32 @@
Specify that 1 metadata chunk should be allocated after every <value>
data chunks. Off by default.
+ acl(*)
noacl
- Disable support for Posix Access Control Lists (ACLs). See the
+ Enable/disable support for Posix Access Control Lists (ACLs). See the
acl(5) manual page for more information about ACLs.
+ barrier(*)
nobarrier
- Disables the use of block layer write barriers. Write barriers ensure
- that certain IOs make it through the device cache and are on persistent
- storage. If used on a device with a volatile (non-battery-backed)
- write-back cache, this option will lead to filesystem corruption on a
- system crash or power loss.
+ Enable/disable the use of block layer write barriers. Write barriers
+ ensure that certain IOs make it through the device cache and are on
+ persistent storage. If disabled on a device with a volatile
+ (non-battery-backed) write-back cache, nobarrier option will lead to
+ filesystem corruption on a system crash or power loss.
+ datacow(*)
nodatacow
- Disable data copy-on-write for newly created files. Implies nodatasum,
- and disables all compression.
+ Enable/disable data copy-on-write for newly created files.
+ Nodatacow implies nodatasum, and disables all compression.
+ datasum(*)
nodatasum
- Disable data checksumming for newly created files.
+ Enable/disable data checksumming for newly created files.
+ Datasum implies datacow.
+ treelog(*)
notreelog
- Disable the tree logging used for fsync and O_SYNC writes.
+ Enable/disable the tree logging used for fsync and O_SYNC writes.
recovery
Enable autorecovery attempts if a bad tree root is found at mount time.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
index a3fe811..b8d2849 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
@@ -120,6 +120,8 @@
disable_ext_identify Disable the extension list configured by mkfs, so f2fs
does not aware of cold files such as media files.
inline_xattr Enable the inline xattrs feature.
+inline_data Enable the inline data feature: New created small(<~3.4k)
+ files can be written into inode block.
================================================================================
DEBUGFS ENTRIES
@@ -171,6 +173,28 @@
conduct checkpoint to reclaim the prefree segments
to free segments. By default, 100 segments, 200MB.
+ max_small_discards This parameter controls the number of discard
+ commands that consist small blocks less than 2MB.
+ The candidates to be discarded are cached until
+ checkpoint is triggered, and issued during the
+ checkpoint. By default, it is disabled with 0.
+
+ ipu_policy This parameter controls the policy of in-place
+ updates in f2fs. There are five policies:
+ 0: F2FS_IPU_FORCE, 1: F2FS_IPU_SSR,
+ 2: F2FS_IPU_UTIL, 3: F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL,
+ 4: F2FS_IPU_DISABLE.
+
+ min_ipu_util This parameter controls the threshold to trigger
+ in-place-updates. The number indicates percentage
+ of the filesystem utilization, and used by
+ F2FS_IPU_UTIL and F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL policies.
+
+ max_victim_search This parameter controls the number of trials to
+ find a victim segment when conducting SSR and
+ cleaning operations. The default value is 4096
+ which covers 8GB block address range.
+
================================================================================
USAGE
================================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
index 66eb6c8..53f3b59 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@
- info on the Linux server implementation of NFSv4 minor version 1.
nfs-rdma.txt
- how to install and setup the Linux NFS/RDMA client and server software
+nfsd-admin-interfaces.txt
+ - Administrative interfaces for nfsd.
nfsroot.txt
- short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem.
pnfs.txt
@@ -20,5 +22,5 @@
- introduction to the caching mechanisms in the sunrpc layer.
idmapper.txt
- information for configuring request-keys to be used by idmapper
-knfsd-rpcgss.txt
+rpc-server-gss.txt
- Information on GSS authentication support in the NFS Server
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt
index 01c2db7..b930ad0 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt
@@ -5,11 +5,11 @@
by reading this file will contain either "+4.1" or "-4.1"
correspondingly.
-Currently, server support for minorversion 1 is disabled by default.
-It can be enabled at run time by writing the string "+4.1" to
+Currently, server support for minorversion 1 is enabled by default.
+It can be disabled at run time by writing the string "-4.1" to
the /proc/fs/nfsd/versions control file. Note that to write this
-control file, the nfsd service must be taken down. Use your user-mode
-nfs-utils to set this up; see rpc.nfsd(8)
+control file, the nfsd service must be taken down. You can use rpc.nfsd
+for this; see rpc.nfsd(8).
(Warning: older servers will interpret "+4.1" and "-4.1" as "+4" and
"-4", respectively. Therefore, code meant to work on both new and old
@@ -29,29 +29,6 @@
See http://wiki.linux-nfs.org/wiki/index.php/PNFS_prototype_design
for more information.
-The current implementation is intended for developers only: while it
-does support ordinary file operations on clients we have tested against
-(including the linux client), it is incomplete in ways which may limit
-features unexpectedly, cause known bugs in rare cases, or cause
-interoperability problems with future clients. Known issues:
-
- - gss support is questionable: currently mounts with kerberos
- from a linux client are possible, but we aren't really
- conformant with the spec (for example, we don't use kerberos
- on the backchannel correctly).
- - We do not support SSV, which provides security for shared
- client-server state (thus preventing unauthorized tampering
- with locks and opens, for example). It is mandatory for
- servers to support this, though no clients use it yet.
-
-In addition, some limitations are inherited from the current NFSv4
-implementation:
-
- - Incomplete delegation enforcement: if a file is renamed or
- unlinked by a local process, a client holding a delegation may
- continue to indefinitely allow opens of the file under the old
- name.
-
The table below, taken from the NFSv4.1 document, lists
the operations that are mandatory to implement (REQ), optional
(OPT), and NFSv4.0 operations that are required not to implement (MNI)
@@ -169,6 +146,16 @@
Implementation notes:
+SSV:
+* The spec claims this is mandatory, but we don't actually know of any
+ implementations, so we're ignoring it for now. The server returns
+ NFS4ERR_ENCR_ALG_UNSUPP on EXCHANGE_ID, which should be future-proof.
+
+GSS on the backchannel:
+* Again, theoretically required but not widely implemented (in
+ particular, the current Linux client doesn't request it). We return
+ NFS4ERR_ENCR_ALG_UNSUPP on CREATE_SESSION.
+
DELEGPURGE:
* mandatory only for servers that support CLAIM_DELEGATE_PREV and/or
CLAIM_DELEG_PREV_FH (which allows clients to keep delegations that
@@ -176,7 +163,6 @@
now.
EXCHANGE_ID:
-* only SP4_NONE state protection supported
* implementation ids are ignored
CREATE_SESSION:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
index 873a2ab..06887d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
@@ -81,6 +81,62 @@
block device when blocks are freed. This is useful
for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs.
+Ioctls
+======
+
+There is some NILFS2 specific functionality which can be accessed by applications
+through the system call interfaces. The list of all NILFS2 specific ioctls are
+shown in the table below.
+
+Table of NILFS2 specific ioctls
+..............................................................................
+ Ioctl Description
+ NILFS_IOCTL_CHANGE_CPMODE Change mode of given checkpoint between
+ checkpoint and snapshot state. This ioctl is
+ used in chcp and mkcp utilities.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_DELETE_CHECKPOINT Remove checkpoint from NILFS2 file system.
+ This ioctl is used in rmcp utility.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_GET_CPINFO Return info about requested checkpoints. This
+ ioctl is used in lscp utility and by
+ nilfs_cleanerd daemon.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_GET_CPSTAT Return checkpoints statistics. This ioctl is
+ used by lscp, rmcp utilities and by
+ nilfs_cleanerd daemon.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_GET_SUINFO Return segment usage info about requested
+ segments. This ioctl is used in lssu,
+ nilfs_resize utilities and by nilfs_cleanerd
+ daemon.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_GET_SUSTAT Return segment usage statistics. This ioctl
+ is used in lssu, nilfs_resize utilities and
+ by nilfs_cleanerd daemon.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_GET_VINFO Return information on virtual block addresses.
+ This ioctl is used by nilfs_cleanerd daemon.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_GET_BDESCS Return information about descriptors of disk
+ block numbers. This ioctl is used by
+ nilfs_cleanerd daemon.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_CLEAN_SEGMENTS Do garbage collection operation in the
+ environment of requested parameters from
+ userspace. This ioctl is used by
+ nilfs_cleanerd daemon.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_SYNC Make a checkpoint. This ioctl is used in
+ mkcp utility.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_RESIZE Resize NILFS2 volume. This ioctl is used
+ by nilfs_resize utility.
+
+ NILFS_IOCTL_SET_ALLOC_RANGE Define lower limit of segments in bytes and
+ upper limit of segments in bytes. This ioctl
+ is used by nilfs_resize utility.
+
NILFS2 usage
============
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index 22d89aa3..f00bee14 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
sys See chapter 2
sysvipc Info of SysVIPC Resources (msg, sem, shm) (2.4)
tty Info of tty drivers
- uptime System uptime
+ uptime Wall clock since boot, combined idle time of all cpus
version Kernel version
video bttv info of video resources (2.4)
vmallocinfo Show vmalloced areas
@@ -767,6 +767,7 @@
MemTotal: 16344972 kB
MemFree: 13634064 kB
+MemAvailable: 14836172 kB
Buffers: 3656 kB
Cached: 1195708 kB
SwapCached: 0 kB
@@ -799,6 +800,14 @@
MemTotal: Total usable ram (i.e. physical ram minus a few reserved
bits and the kernel binary code)
MemFree: The sum of LowFree+HighFree
+MemAvailable: An estimate of how much memory is available for starting new
+ applications, without swapping. Calculated from MemFree,
+ SReclaimable, the size of the file LRU lists, and the low
+ watermarks in each zone.
+ The estimate takes into account that the system needs some
+ page cache to function well, and that not all reclaimable
+ slab will be reclaimable, due to items being in use. The
+ impact of those factors will vary from system to system.
Buffers: Relatively temporary storage for raw disk blocks
shouldn't get tremendously large (20MB or so)
Cached: in-memory cache for files read from the disk (the
@@ -1377,8 +1386,8 @@
For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be
1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500.
-There is an additional factor included in the badness score: root
-processes are given 3% extra memory over other tasks.
+There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory
+and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes.
The amount of "allowed" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer
was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index a6619b7..b35a64b 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -108,12 +108,12 @@
is equivalent to doing:
static struct device_attribute dev_attr_foo = {
- .attr = {
+ .attr = {
.name = "foo",
.mode = S_IWUSR | S_IRUGO,
- .show = show_foo,
- .store = store_foo,
},
+ .show = show_foo,
+ .store = store_foo,
};
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
index deb48b5..c53784c 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@
----------------------
This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel
-3.5, the following members are defined:
+3.12, the following members are defined:
struct file_operations {
struct module *owner;
@@ -803,9 +803,6 @@
int (*aio_fsync) (struct kiocb *, int datasync);
int (*fasync) (int, struct file *, int);
int (*lock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *);
- ssize_t (*readv) (struct file *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t *);
- ssize_t (*writev) (struct file *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t *);
- ssize_t (*sendfile) (struct file *, loff_t *, size_t, read_actor_t, void *);
ssize_t (*sendpage) (struct file *, struct page *, int, size_t, loff_t *, int);
unsigned long (*get_unmapped_area)(struct file *, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long);
int (*check_flags)(int);
@@ -814,6 +811,7 @@
ssize_t (*splice_read)(struct file *, struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int);
int (*setlease)(struct file *, long arg, struct file_lock **);
long (*fallocate)(struct file *, int mode, loff_t offset, loff_t len);
+ int (*show_fdinfo)(struct seq_file *m, struct file *f);
};
Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless
@@ -864,12 +862,6 @@
lock: called by the fcntl(2) system call for F_GETLK, F_SETLK, and F_SETLKW
commands
- readv: called by the readv(2) system call
-
- writev: called by the writev(2) system call
-
- sendfile: called by the sendfile(2) system call
-
get_unmapped_area: called by the mmap(2) system call
check_flags: called by the fcntl(2) system call for F_SETFL command
diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt
index 0d03506..ba169fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt
+++ b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt
@@ -72,10 +72,11 @@
- chip_label is the label of the gpiod_chip instance providing the GPIO
- chip_hwnum is the hardware number of the GPIO within the chip
- - dev_id is the identifier of the device that will make use of this GPIO. If
- NULL, the GPIO will be available to all devices.
+ - dev_id is the identifier of the device that will make use of this GPIO. It
+ can be NULL, in which case it will be matched for calls to gpiod_get()
+ with a NULL device.
- con_id is the name of the GPIO function from the device point of view. It
- can be NULL.
+ can be NULL, in which case it will match any function.
- idx is the index of the GPIO within the function.
- flags is defined to specify the following properties:
* GPIOF_ACTIVE_LOW - to configure the GPIO as active-low
@@ -86,18 +87,23 @@
Note that GPIO_LOOKUP() is just a shortcut to GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX() where idx = 0.
-A lookup table can then be defined as follows:
+A lookup table can then be defined as follows, with an empty entry defining its
+end:
- struct gpiod_lookup gpios_table[] = {
- GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 15, "foo.0", "led", 0, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH),
- GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 16, "foo.0", "led", 1, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH),
- GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 17, "foo.0", "led", 2, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH),
- GPIO_LOOKUP("gpio.0", 1, "foo.0", "power", GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW),
- };
+struct gpiod_lookup_table gpios_table = {
+ .dev_id = "foo.0",
+ .table = {
+ GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 15, "led", 0, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH),
+ GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 16, "led", 1, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH),
+ GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 17, "led", 2, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH),
+ GPIO_LOOKUP("gpio.0", 1, "power", GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW),
+ { },
+ },
+};
And the table can be added by the board code as follows:
- gpiod_add_table(gpios_table, ARRAY_SIZE(gpios_table));
+ gpiod_add_lookup_table(&gpios_table);
The driver controlling "foo.0" will then be able to obtain its GPIOs as follows:
diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
index 07c74a3..e42f77d 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
@@ -38,7 +38,11 @@
const char *con_id, unsigned int idx)
Both functions return either a valid GPIO descriptor, or an error code checkable
-with IS_ERR(). They will never return a NULL pointer.
+with IS_ERR() (they will never return a NULL pointer). -ENOENT will be returned
+if and only if no GPIO has been assigned to the device/function/index triplet,
+other error codes are used for cases where a GPIO has been assigned but an error
+occured while trying to acquire it. This is useful to discriminate between mere
+errors and an absence of GPIO for optional GPIO parameters.
Device-managed variants of these functions are also defined:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025
index 39d2b78..99f0504 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
Authors:
Chen-Yuan Wu <gwu@esoft.com>,
- Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+ Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Description
-----------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031
index be92a77..a143117 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
Authors:
Alexandre d'Alton <alex@alexdalton.org>
- Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+ Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Description
-----------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240
index 36e8ec6..9b174fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>,
Michiel Rook <michiel@grendelproject.nl>,
Grant Coady <gcoady.lk@gmail.com> with guidance
- from Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+ from Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Interface
---------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621 b/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621
index 896cdc9..f775e61 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
Christian W. Zuckschwerdt <zany@triq.net>
valuable contributions by Jan M. Sendler <sendler@sendler.de>
ported to 2.6 by Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
- with the help of Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+ with the help of Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Module Parameters
------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201
index 32f355a..757629b 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
Datasheet: Not public
-Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f b/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f
index f0d5597..48a3560 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Thanks to Denis Kieft from Barracuda Networks for the donation of a
test system (custom Jetway K8M8MS motherboard, with CPU and RAM) and
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
index 26f9f3c..494bb55 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>
Hong-Gunn Chew <hglinux@gunnet.org>
- Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+ Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Description
-----------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 b/Documentation/hwmon/it87
index c263740..0c16350 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/it87
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/it87
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@
==================
Supported chips:
+ * IT8603E
+ Prefix: 'it8603'
+ Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
+ Datasheet: Not publicly available
* IT8705F
Prefix: 'it87'
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
@@ -53,7 +57,7 @@
Authors:
Christophe Gauthron
- Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+ Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Module Parameters
@@ -90,7 +94,7 @@
Description
-----------
-This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F,
+This driver implements support for the IT8603E, IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F,
IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8771E, IT8772E,
IT8782F, IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips.
@@ -129,6 +133,10 @@
The IT8728F, IT8771E, and IT8772E are considered compatible with the IT8721F,
until a datasheet becomes available (hopefully.)
+The IT8603E is a custom design, hardware monitoring part is similar to
+IT8728F. It only supports 16-bit fan mode, the full speed mode of the
+fan is not supported (value 0 of pwmX_enable).
+
Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once
when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed.
@@ -145,13 +153,16 @@
maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to
zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage
inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of
-0.016 volt (except IT8721F/IT8758E and IT8728F: 0.012 volt.) The battery
-voltage in8 does not have limit registers.
+0.016 volt (except IT8603E, IT8721F/IT8758E and IT8728F: 0.012 volt.) The
+battery voltage in8 does not have limit registers.
-On the IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8782F, and IT8783E/F, some voltage inputs are
-internal and scaled inside the chip (in7 (optional for IT8782F and IT8783E/F),
-in8 and optionally in3). The driver handles this transparently so user-space
-doesn't have to care.
+On the IT8603E, IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8782F, and IT8783E/F, some voltage inputs
+are internal and scaled inside the chip:
+* in3 (optional)
+* in7 (optional for IT8782F and IT8783E/F)
+* in8 (always)
+* in9 (relevant for IT8603E only)
+The driver handles this transparently so user-space doesn't have to care.
The VID lines (IT8712F/IT8716F/IT8718F/IT8720F) encode the core voltage value:
the voltage level your processor should work with. This is hardcoded by
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm63
index 4d30d20..4a00461 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm63
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm63
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM96163.html
-Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Thanks go to Tyan and especially Alex Buckingham for setting up a remote
access to their S4882 test platform for this driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm70 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm70
index 86d1829..1bb2db4 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm70
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm70
@@ -43,5 +43,5 @@
Thanks to
---------
-Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> for mentoring the hwmon-side driver
+Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> for mentoring the hwmon-side driver
development.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm78 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm78
index 2bdc881..4dd4773 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm78
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm78
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
http://www.national.com/
Authors: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>
- Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+ Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Description
-----------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm83 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm83
index a04d1fe..50be5cb 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm83
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm83
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM82.html
-Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Description
-----------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm87 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm87
index 6b47b67..a2339fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm87
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm87
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
Mark Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com>,
Stephen Rousset <stephen.rousset@rocketlogix.com>,
Dan Eaton <dan.eaton@rocketlogix.com>,
- Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>,
+ Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>,
Original 2.6 port Jeff Oliver
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm90
index ab81013..8122675 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm90
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm90
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
http://www.ti.com/litv/pdf/sbos686
-Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
+Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Description